DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORP
10-K405, 1997-10-29
COMPUTER INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN
Previous: MERIT BEHAVIORAL CARE CORP, 8-K, 1997-10-29
Next: IDT CORP, 10-K, 1997-10-29



<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                 UNITED STATES
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                               ----------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
(MARK ONE)
[X]ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
   ACT OF 1934
 
                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1997
 
                                      OR
 
[_]TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
   EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM        TO       .
 
                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-27612
 
                               ----------------
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           CALIFORNIA                                    95-3931443
 <S>                                                    <C>
 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                      (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
 INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                      IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
 
     4400 MACARTHUR BOULEVARD, SUITE 600, NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 92660
              (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)
 
       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: 714-553-1102
 
       SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT: NONE
 
          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
 
                                 COMMON STOCK
                               (TITLE OF CLASS)
 
                               ----------------
 
  Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [_]
 
  Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to
the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [_]
 
  The aggregate market value of Common Stock of the Registrant held by non-
affiliates of the Registrant on October 20, 1997, based on the closing price
of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market on such date, was
$169,419,838. The number of shares of the Registrant's Common Stock
outstanding at October 20, 1997, was 11,042,313 shares. The Registrant has no
non-voting common equity.
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
  Portions of the Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held
December 17, 1997 are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                                   FORM 10-K
 
                    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1997
 
                                     INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
 
                                     PART I
 
 <C>      <S>                                                               <C>
 Item 1.  Business.......................................................     3
 Item 2.  Properties.....................................................    10
 Item 3.  Legal Proceedings..............................................    10
 Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders............    10
 
                                    PART II
 
 Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Shareholder
          Matters........................................................    11
 Item 6.  Selected Financial Data........................................    12
 Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
          Results of Operations..........................................    13
 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.....    18
 Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data....................    18
 Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
          Financial Disclosure...........................................    18
 
                                    PART III
 
 Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.............    19
 Item 11. Executive Compensation.........................................    19
 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.    19
 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.................    19
 
                                    PART IV
 
 Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.   19
 Signatures...............................................................   22
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART I
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
  Data Processing Resources Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company" or
"DPRC") is a provider of information technology ("IT") staffing services to a
diverse group of corporate clients. By drawing from its carefully screened
database of approximately 60,000 highly qualified technical consultants, the
Company offers staffing solutions to meet its clients' enterprise-wide systems
applications development needs. The Company's technical consultants have
expertise on multiple hardware platforms utilizing a wide variety of software
applications and can provide services covering all aspects of the systems
applications development lifecycle, including planning, design, building and
programming, implementation, maintenance and ongoing management. The Company
also provides other value-added service offerings in rapidly growing areas
such as packaged software implementation, client/server architecture, network
management and desktop services (formerly WANs and LANs), help desk support,
internet/intranet and Year 2000 conversion ("Y2K"). For the 9 months ended
September 30, 1997, the Company placed approximately 2,200 technical
consultants on projects for approximately 500 clients. The Company currently
serves its clients through the following fourteen offices in eleven states and
through three international recruiting offices: Newport Beach, Woodland Hills,
San Francisco and Glendale, California; Denver, Colorado; Seattle, Washington;
Omaha, Nebraska; Kansas City, Kansas; Des Moines, Iowa; St. Louis, Missouri;
Phoenix, Arizona; Dallas, Texas; Portland, Oregon; and Chicago, Illinois; and
London and Southport, England; and Sydney, Australia.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
  Over the years, businesses have become increasingly dependent on the use of
IT to manage operations more efficiently and remain competitive. Important
internal functions, ranging from financial reporting to production and
inventory management, have become automated through the use of applications
software. In addition, as information systems have become less expensive, more
powerful and easier to use, the number and level of employees who use and
depend upon these systems have significantly increased.
 
  Due to the rapid development of technology and the shift from closed,
proprietary systems to open systems, many companies' computer systems
incorporate a variety of hardware and software components which may span a
number of technology generations. For example, a company may operate
concurrently on mainframe, midrange and client/server hardware platforms
running a variety of operating systems and relational databases. Systems
applications development has become much more important in this environment as
IT departments strive to integrate a company's information processing
capabilities into a single system while providing for ever-changing
functionality. In addition, in order to facilitate internal and external
communications, there is a greater need for IT personnel with specific
expertise in the rapidly evolving local and wide area networking and
communications technologies. The rapid increase in the integration of data,
voice and video has further accelerated the need for new information solutions
which require specialized technical skills.
 
  The substantial increase in the use of sophisticated information
technologies has occurred at the same time that economic factors have led to
reductions in corporate workforces and a return by businesses to a focus on
their core competencies. Faced with the challenge of implementing and
operating more complex information systems without enlarging their corporate
staffs, businesses are increasingly using IT staffing companies to supplement
their IT operations. Utilizing outside IT technical consultants: (i) allows a
company's management to focus on core business operations; (ii) affords
greater staffing flexibility in IT departments; (iii) increases a company's
ability to adapt to and keep pace with rapidly changing and increasingly
complex technologies; (iv) provides access to specialized technical skills on
a project-by-project basis; (v) better matches staffing levels to current
needs; (vi) converts fixed labor costs into variable costs; and (vii) reduces
the cost of recruiting, training and terminating employees as evolving
technologies require new programming skill sets. These factors have caused IT
services to be one of the fastest growing segments of the supplemental
staffing industry. In July 1996,
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
Dataquest estimated that the size of the IT professional services market in
the United States in 1995 was approximately $44.3 billion. Dataquest estimates
that this market will grow at a compound annual rate of approximately 15.0%,
reaching approximately $89.2 billion by the year 2000.
 
  While large, the IT staffing services industry is also highly fragmented
with a large number of small businesses, many of which operate in a single
geographic market. This fragmentation, combined with changing client demands
and competitive pressures, has resulted in a recent trend towards industry
consolidation. Faced with a desire to minimize the number of vendors, clients
have begun to demand the services of large IT staffing companies capable of
covering a broad geographic area and offering a full range of IT services.
This has been particularly important in fulfilling the needs of large regional
and national accounts. Within this more competitive environment, smaller
companies may have difficulties competing due to limited service offerings,
geographic concentration and a lack of sufficient working capital and
management resources. As a result, many smaller companies have been acquired
in recent years, and the Company believes that smaller staffing companies are
becoming increasingly receptive to acquisition proposals by larger firms.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  DPRC is dedicated to providing staffing solutions to meet its clients'
systems applications development and other specialized technical needs. The
Company's business strategy encompasses the following key elements, which
management believes are necessary to ensure high quality standards and to
achieve consistently strong financial performance:
 
  Recruit and Retain Qualified Technical Consultants. A key element of the
Company's success is its ability to recruit and retain qualified technical
consultants. Management believes that it has been successful in doing so by:
(i) offering its technical consultants competitive wages and ensuring that
they are paid accurately and on time; (ii) offering its technical consultants
an opportunity to purchase a comprehensive employee benefits package; (iii)
effectively and consistently communicating with its technical consultants and
(iv) provide technical training through licensed training programs. The
Company attracts new consultants in its established markets primarily through
referrals from other technical consultants, the internet via its website and
more recently through recruiting capabilities outside the United States.
 
  Emphasize a Relationship-Oriented Approach. The Company serves as an
extension of its clients' internal information systems operations and as a
long-term partner to fulfill their IT staffing requirements. As a result, the
Company emphasizes a relationship-oriented approach to business, rather than
the transaction- or assignment-oriented approach used by many of its
competitors. This emphasis begins with the Company's Chief Executive Officer
who spends the majority of her time meeting with key clients, working with the
Company's account managers and communicating with the Company's technical
consultants. To develop close client relationships, the Company's regional
managers and account managers regularly meet with both existing and
prospective clients to help design solutions for and identify the resources
needed to execute their IT strategies. When recruiting internationally,
Company personnel are frequently accompanied by client managers who assist in
the final screening, evaluation and extension of offers to candidates. The
Company's account managers also maintain close communications with their
clients during each project and on an ongoing basis after its completion. The
Company believes that this relationship-oriented approach results in greater
client satisfaction and reduced business development expense.
 
  Focus on Improving Margins. The Company constantly seeks opportunities to
enhance its margins by offering services for which higher margins can be
obtained and by reducing costs. For example, in recent years the Company has
begun to provide value-added service offerings such as packaged software
implementation, client/server architecture, network management and desktop
services, help desk support, internet/intranet and Y2K. In addition, the
Company has identified, targeted and expanded into geographic markets which
provide relatively greater profitability than the highly competitive
California market. The Company also actively seeks acquisition candidates with
margins that are, at a minimum, comparable to the Company's. Finally, the
Company focuses on enhancing operating efficiencies and has made a substantial
investment in upgrading its automated support systems in order to improve the
efficiency of its accounting, sales, recruiting and marketing operations.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
  Provide Comprehensive Solutions. The Company offers responsive, timely and
comprehensive IT staffing solutions for all aspects of the systems
applications development lifecycle and for other specialized technical needs.
The Company believes that this ability to provide staffing for the full range
of such services provides an important competitive advantage. By drawing on
its database of approximately 60,000 highly qualified technical consultants,
the Company provides a wide range of services, including planning, design,
building and programming, implementation, maintenance and ongoing management.
The Company also works to ensure that its technical consultants have the
expertise and skills needed to keep pace with rapidly evolving information
technologies. As an example of this effort, the Company recently purchased a
licensed training program and made a three year commitment to provide its
consultants with technical training in over 100 course titles. In addition,
the Company has co-sponsored a training program with one of its clients to
train both the client's employees and the Company's technical consultants in
the implementation of and support for a sophisticated new software application
program.
 
  Maintain Service-Oriented Corporate Culture. The Company believes that its
service-oriented corporate culture has played an integral part in its success.
Consequently, maintaining this culture is of the highest priority to
management. Central to the Company's philosophy is the recognition that its
success is dependent on providing the highest level of service to both its
clients and its technical consultants. This approach begins with the selective
recruitment of corporate level personnel who exhibit a high degree of
integrity and enthusiasm and who embrace the Company's commitment to service.
This deeply ingrained culture filters down to the Company's technical
consultants through a rigorous screening and recruiting process. The Company's
controlled expansion program is designed to enable it to replicate this
culture and preserve the quality of its service in its new markets.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
  DPRC's growth strategy is to expand the geographic scope of the Company's
business through internal development and acquisitions and to continue to
develop its existing markets by: (i) adding new clients in the geographic
markets it currently serves; (ii) increasing the range of services it provides
to its existing clients; (iii) attracting and retaining qualified technical
consultants from a variety of sources both national and international; and
(iv) pursuing strategic relationships with non-competing professional service
organizations. Through this growth strategy, the Company seeks to emerge as a
leading IT staffing company.
 
  Geographic Expansion. In 1993, the Company began a geographic expansion
program in California by opening offices in San Francisco and Woodland Hills.
Since 1994 five new branch locations have been opened in Denver (1995),
Seattle (1996), Des Moines (1996), Portland (1997), and St. Louis (1997). The
Company has also acquired IT staffing businesses located in Omaha and Kansas
City (Applications Design and Development division ("AD&D") of ADD Consulting,
Inc.) in July 1996; in Phoenix (Professional Software Consultants, Inc.
("PSC")) in November 1996; in Dallas (LEARDATA Info-Services, Inc.
("Leardata")) in January 1997; in Glendale (Computec International Strategic
Resources, Inc. ("Computec")) in April 1997, and in Chicago (SelecTech Inc.
("SelecTech")) in July 1997. The Company now has fourteen offices in eleven
states and three international recruiting offices (two located in England and
one in Australia). The Company believes that its geographic expansion will
enhance its ability to market its services to regional and national clients,
many of which are seeking to work with a limited number of vendors capable of
servicing multiple locations. New geographic markets also may be less
competitive and may present greater opportunities for higher margins than the
Company's locations in California. In addition, the Company believes that,
through geographic expansion, it will be better able to establish valuable
strategic partnerships with national accounting and consulting firms and large
facility management and data center outsourcing companies.
 
  The Company believes that it can best expand the geographic scope of its
business through a series of branch offices clustered in networks around
regional hub offices. Management believes that strong hub offices will enable
the Company to control its growth, oversee regional operations without
significant additional overhead in each office, centralize administrative
functions and ensure that each office preserves the Company's
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
service-oriented culture. The Newport Beach office, which also serves as the
Company's corporate headquarters, is the hub for the Company's branches in
Woodland Hills and San Francisco; the Denver hub office serves the Rocky
Mountain region; the Seattle hub office serves the Pacific Northwest region;
the Dallas office serves as the hub office for the Southwest region and the
Omaha office serves as the hub for the North Central region. The Company
believes that these strategically located cities will enable it to expand its
presence quickly and efficiently.
 
  In order to maintain quality control and ensure that the Company's
relationship-oriented approach to client service is adopted by all new
offices, the Company has developed and intends to continue to develop the
majority of its new hub offices internally, rather than by acquisition. In
selecting locations for its hub offices, the Company seeks cities with strong
and growing economies, large populations of skilled technical professionals
and heavy concentrations of corporations with sophisticated IT needs. Once the
hub office has demonstrated its ability to meet the Company's quality
standards, branch offices will be added around the hub through acquisitions or
by internal development. Branches typically will be in smaller cities with
significant numbers of middle market companies, healthy economies and
potentially less competitive environments. Although the Company is still in
the preliminary stages of analyzing potential branch office locations, the
Company believes that cities such as Sacramento, San Jose and San Diego will
be suitable candidates for additional branch locations in California; Colorado
Springs and Salt Lake City would be candidates in the Rocky Mountain region;
Boise, and Spokane in the Pacific Northwest region; Minneapolis in the North
Central region; San Antonio, Houston and Austin in the Texas region; Atlanta
in the Southeast region; and New York and Boston in the Northeast region.
 
  As part of its growth strategy, the Company continually reviews and
evaluates potential acquisition candidates and believes that there are
significant acquisition opportunities throughout the United States. In
evaluating potential acquisition candidates, the Company seeks profitable IT
staffing companies with a proven management team, a core group of highly
qualified technical consultants, a reputation for quality, an attractive
service offering and an established client base. The Company also evaluates
the cultural fit of an acquisition candidate as well as the candidate's
historical growth rates and financial results. The Company believes that it is
attractive as an acquirer of IT staffing companies due to: (i) its ability to
provide an acquired company with expanded services and a broader geographic
base; (ii) the potential for certain economies of scale and operating
efficiencies; (iii) its financial strength and visibility as a public company;
and (iv) its decentralized management strategy.
 
  Growth in Existing Markets. In addition to expanding the geographic scope of
its business, the Company is constantly seeking to add new clients in the
geographic markets it currently serves and to increase the range of services
it provides to its existing clients. The addition of new clients in existing
markets enables the Company to utilize more profitably its administrative and
corporate infrastructure. New clients, particularly in new industries, also
permit the Company to diversify its client base and thus reduce its exposure
to fluctuations in industry business cycles. For example, the Company's client
base, which includes clients in both existing and new locations, increased
from approximately 60 clients in fiscal 1992 to approximately 80 clients in
fiscal 1993, approximately 110 clients in fiscal 1994, approximately 150
clients in fiscal 1995, approximately 210 clients in fiscal 1996 and
approximately 500 clients in fiscal 1997. In addition, the Company continues
to add new value-added service offerings as it has done with packaged software
implementation such as SAP, Lotus Notes and Oracle Financials, client/server
architecture, network management and desktop services, help desk support, and
internet/intranet. During the past year, the Company launched its Y2K value-
added service offering and is positioned to provide Y2K project management and
resources to existing and new clients.
 
  In addition to expanding the geographic scope of its business and adding new
clients and services, the Company's growth strategy is dependent upon the
Company's ability to attract and retain qualified technical consultants in
those markets in which the Company has an established presence as well as less
established markets. Competition for qualified technical consultants has been
and is expected to continue to be intense. The Company's resource managers are
responsible for recruiting and establishing long-term relationships with the
Company's technical consultants. In recognition of the important role which
the resource manager plays in attracting qualified consultants, the Company
has increased the number of its resource managers from eight on
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
January 31, 1996 to 49 on July 31, 1997 through acquisitions, new hirings and
promotions. The Company has implemented a state of the art integrated
information management system which provides most of its offices with on-line
access to information on existing and prospective technical consultants and
clients.
 
  Finally, the Company also believes that there are significant growth
opportunities in pursuing strategic relationships with non-competing
professional services organizations, particularly national accounting firms,
consulting firms, facility management companies, data center outsourcing
companies and general staffing companies. The Company is currently serving as
a partner through subcontractor relationships with several such companies and
continues to explore other such opportunities.
 
CLIENTS
 
  The Company focuses its sales, service and support efforts primarily on
Fortune 500 and other large and mid-sized companies in various industries with
sophisticated IT needs. Although the Company does not have exclusive
arrangements with any clients, it enjoys service arrangements with a number of
companies which qualify DPRC as one of a limited number of approved service
providers.
 
  During fiscal 1997, the Company served approximately 500 clients. The
Company's ten largest clients in fiscal 1997 accounted for 32.1% of the
Company's revenues, with Nissan Motor Corporation accounting for 5.0% of total
revenues. On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the acquisitions of PSC,
Leardata, Computec and SelecTech as if they had occurred at the beginning of
fiscal 1997, the Company's ten largest customers would have represented 25.3%
of pro forma revenues in fiscal 1997. Although the Company's largest clients
represent a significant percentage of its revenues, several of these larger
clients have several independent assignments ongoing at any one time which are
administered by separate subsidiaries or divisions. Technical services are
provided to all clients under contractual arrangements of varying lengths,
which are subject to extension, negotiation or cancellation at any time. Such
contracts may include a confidentiality agreement. In addition, all technical
hourly and salaried consultants are required to sign confidentiality
agreements with the Company.
 
  The Company's technical consultants provide services ranging from specific,
minor tasks of short duration to large, complex and integrated assignments
which require a number of technical consultants to be on assignment for
several years. Client systems applications development projects tend to be
long-term in nature, typically lasting nine to twelve months.
 
  The following table sets forth a list of selected clients during calendar
1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUTOMOBILE MANUFACTURERS  ENTERTAINMENT & LEISURE         FOOD & BEVERAGE
- ------------------------  -----------------------         ---------------
<S>                       <C>                      <C>
American Honda Motor      Capitol Records          Boston Market
 Company                  
Mazda Motor of America    MCA, Inc.                Harry & David (Bear Creek
Mitsubishi Motor Sales    Princess Cruise Lines     Corporation)
 of America               
Nissan Motor Corporation  Yamaha Motor Corporation Starbucks
 USA                                               Taco Bell
                                                   
<CAPTION>
       HEALTHCARE            FINANCIAL SERVICES                OTHER
       ----------            ------------------                -----
<S>                       <C>                      <C>
Apria Healthcare Group    Bank of America          AlliedSignal, Inc.
Blue Cross of California  The Capital Group        AT&T
 & Washington             Frank Russell Company    Electronic Data Systems Corp.
Cedars Sinai Medical      Household Finance        Union Pacific
 Center                   
Pacificare FHP            Wells Fargo Bank         U.S. West
 International            
Health Net
</TABLE>
 
  The Company believes the primary competitive factors in attracting and
retaining clients are the ability to provide comprehensive staffing solutions
for all aspects of a client's IT needs, develop a strategic partnering
relationship, understand the specific requirements of a given project and
provide carefully screened technical
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
consultants with the appropriate skills in a timely manner and at competitive
prices. The Company constantly monitors the quality of the services provided
by its technical consultants and obtains feedback from its clients as to their
satisfaction with the services provided.
 
THE DPRC OPERATING AND SALES APPROACH
 
  The Company's overall operating approach is designed to ensure the highest
level of client, employee and technical consultant satisfaction. From its
corporate headquarters in Newport Beach, California, the Company provides its
branch offices with centralized administrative, marketing, finance, training
and legal support. Management recognizes, however, that in order to motivate
its employees, to ensure that clients receive quick, responsive service and to
adapt to local market conditions, the Company has developed a decentralized,
entrepreneurial structure with strong regional management and branch managers
who operate each branch office as an autonomous profit center. Consequently,
the Company's regional managers are given significant autonomy to make most
day-to-day operating decisions over their respective hub or regions and are
responsible for: overall guidance and supervision of the region; budgeting and
forecasting for the region; strategy with regard to market and account
penetration; the hiring and training of branch managers; targeting acquisition
candidates; and promoting the DPRC culture within the region.
 
  Under the Company's decentralized management structure, the Company's branch
managers are also given significant autonomy to make most day-to-day operating
decisions and are responsible for: overall guidance and supervision of the
office; budgeting and forecasting for the office; strategy with regard to
market and account penetration; the hiring and training of office staff; and
promoting the DPRC culture within the branch office. While a branch manager is
responsible for most of the administrative functions of running an office, the
majority of a branch manager's time is typically spent on sales and marketing.
Branch manager's compensation is based, in part, on profits generated by the
branch.
 
  In each branch, the Company emphasizes a team-oriented approach in order to
provide high quality customized solutions to meet its clients' information
services needs. The central role in this team-oriented approach is played by
the Company's account managers and resource managers, who work together to
ensure a successful relationship between the client and DPRC's technical
consultants.
 
  The account manager has ultimate responsibility for staffing an assignment
on a timely basis. Upon receiving an assignment, the account manager writes up
a proposal with assignment specifications and distributes the proposal to a
resource manager who is responsible for and has relationships with the
technical consultants who have the expertise required for the assignment. The
account manager reviews the recommended candidates, submits the resumes of
qualified technical consultants to the client and schedules client interviews
of the candidates. Typically, an assignment is staffed within five working
days. Throughout the life of a project, the account manager monitors the
Company's relationship with the client and the technical consultants to ensure
that both constituencies are satisfied with the success of the assignment. In
addition to servicing existing clients, account managers spend a significant
amount of time developing new client relationships.
 
  Resource managers work with the account manager to staff assignments
appropriately and are responsible for recruiting, assessing and establishing
long-term relationships with the Company's technical consultants. Resource
managers utilize a variety of methods to recruit technical consultants. In
markets where the Company has an established presence, the resource manager
typically obtains a majority of qualified candidates through referrals from
clients and other technical consultants. In less established markets, the
majority of new candidates are persons who have responded to advertisements in
local newspapers or furnished the Company a resume via the internet. Resource
managers also recruit technical consultants by attending meetings of local
technology-specific user groups and trade shows, making cold calls and
advertising in the yellow pages.
 
  Resource managers prescreen all candidates through telephonic interviews and
conduct follow-up interviews to assess each candidate's technical and
interpersonal skills, work ethic and overall character. A minimum of three
references are obtained for each candidate and additional background checks
may be conducted. In some
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
cases, the candidate is also given a technical exam by one of several
specialists retained by the Company to assess more accurately the candidate's
technical qualifications. If the candidate meets the Company's standards, the
candidate's profile is finalized and entered into the Company's database as an
available technical consultant. All offices have on-line access to information
contained in this database. Unlike some of its competitors who recommend a
large number of candidates, some of whom may be inappropriate, the Company
generally recommends only two or three carefully selected candidates for each
available position. Management believes that its clients value the selective
screening role played by the Company.
 
  International recruiting and resourcing represents another element of the
Company's operating and sales approach. Within the Company's three
international recruiting offices and in addition to a network of international
partners, resource managers familiar with the local IT talent pool evaluate
and screen candidates, generally with client job specifications available to
them. After carefully reviewing a candidate's expertise, interviews with
Company personnel from the United States are scheduled. Company personnel are
frequently accompanied by client managers who travel to the candidate's
country of origin and assist in the final screening, evaluation and extension
of offers to technical consultants. Once an offer is accepted by the technical
consultant, relocation managers, located in the United States, prepare the
necessary documentation for obtaining the required work permits and visas. In
addition, these relocation managers assist in the actual relocation of the
technical consultant and their immediate family. This assistance includes
meeting the technical consultant upon his arrival in the United States,
obtaining suitable housing, transportation, arranging their children's
enrollment into local schools and certain other incidentals.
 
  Management believes that one of the primary factors in the Company's success
has been its ability to attract and manage qualified technical consultants who
are compensated on either an hourly or salaried basis. The Company recently
began hiring more full-time salaried consultants in certain branches where the
local market conditions favor the hiring of full-time consultants over hourly
consultants. Full-time salaried technical consultants receive a broader range
of company-paid benefits than hourly consultants. Given the sophisticated
nature of most client assignments, the Company's policy is to utilize
technical consultants with substantial employment experience rather than
entry-level or college graduate-level consultants. For the 9 months ended
September 30, 1997, the Company placed approximately 2,200 technical
consultants with approximately 500 different clients and as of September 30,
1997, approximately 1,500 technical consultants were on assignment.
 
COMPETITION
 
  The IT staffing industry is highly competitive. The Company competes for
both clients and qualified technical consultants with a variety of companies,
including other IT staffing companies, national and regional accounting and
management consulting firms and independent contractors. Several traditional
staffing companies, which have historically emphasized the placement of
clerical and other less highly skilled personnel on short-term assignments,
have begun to provide IT services competitive with those provided by the
Company. The Company also competes for technical consultants with the IT
staffs of its clients and potential clients. In addition, as part of the
Company's growth strategy, the Company competes with other staffing companies
for suitable acquisition candidates.
 
  Several of the Company's competitors are substantially larger than the
Company and have greater financial and other resources. Several of such
competitors have also been in business much longer than the Company and have
significantly greater name recognition throughout the United States, including
the geographic areas in which the Company operates and into which it intends
to expand. Because companies, such as the IT divisions of general staffing
companies, are often able to meet a broader range of a client's temporary
personnel needs and serve a broader geographic range than the Company, they
can be better positioned to compete for national accounts.
 
  The Company believes that the primary competitive factors in obtaining and
retaining clients are the ability to provide comprehensive staffing solutions
for all aspects of a client's IT needs, develop a strategic partnering
relationship, understand the specific requirements of a given project and
provide carefully screened technical consultants with the appropriate skills
in a timely manner and at competitive prices. The primary competitive factors
in attracting and retaining qualified candidates for technical consultant
positions are the ability to offer
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
competitive wages and benefits, pay such wages in a consistent and timely
manner and provide a consistent flow of high quality and varied assignments.
While the Company believes that it can compete favorably with its existing and
future competitors, there can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in doing so.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
  As of July 31, 1997, approximately 1,460 technical consultants
(approximately 1,040 hourly and 420 salaried) were working on full-time
assignments for the Company's clients of which approximately 80 were
independent contractors. The Company's corporate and branch staffs consist of
172 full-time employees and 4 part-time employees. The Company is not a party
to any collective bargaining agreements and considers its relationships with
its employees to be good.
 
  Approximately 92.0% of the technical consultants placed by the Company
during fiscal 1997 were treated as employees of the Company for federal and
state tax purposes. For such employees, the Company pays Social Security Taxes
(FICA), federal and state unemployment taxes, workers' compensation insurance
premiums, certain employees benefits and other employee costs. The remainder
of the technical consultants were treated as independent contractors for
federal and state tax purposes.
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
 
  The Company's leased offices are described in the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      APPROXIMATE   DATE LEASE
   LOCATION DESCRIPTION                               SQUARE FEET    EXPIRES
   --------------------                               -----------   ----------
   <S>                                                <C>         <C>
   Newport Beach Corporate Headquarters..............    5,800      January 2000
   Newport Beach Branch Office.......................    8,600      January 2000
   Woodland Hills Branch Office......................    1,400        March 1999
   San Francisco Branch Office.......................    2,200        March 2000
   Denver Branch Office..............................    4,200    September 2002
   Seattle Branch Office.............................    1,800       August 1999
   Omaha Branch......................................    3,400         June 2004
   North Central Region Office.......................    2,100         June 2004
   Kansas City Branch Office.........................    2,500         June 2004
   Des Moines Branch Office..........................    1,800    September 2001
   Phoenix Branch Office.............................    2,700     February 1999
   Dallas Branch Office..............................    9,200      January 1999
   Portland Branch Office............................    2,200         June 2000
   St. Louis Branch Office...........................      200      October 1997
   Glendale Branch Office............................    5,700          May 2003
   London, England Office (recruiting only)..........      400          May 1999
   Sydney, Australia Office (recruiting only)........      200         July 1998
                                                        ------
                                                        54,400
                                                        ======
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
  The Company is involved in legal proceedings from time to time in the
ordinary course of its business. As of the date of the filing of this Form 10-
K, there are no material legal proceedings pending against the Company.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
  None.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
 
                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
 
  The following table sets forth the reported high and low sales prices of the
Company's common stock ("Common Stock") for the quarters indicated as reported
on the Nasdaq National Market. The Company commenced its initial public
offering on March 5, 1996, at a price per share of $14.00. The Common Stock is
traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "DPRC".
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 HIGH     LOW
                                                                ------- -------
     <S>                                                        <C>     <C>
     FISCAL YEAR 1996
      Third Quarter (from March 6, 1996)....................... $28 1/4 $18 3/8
      Fourth Quarter........................................... $29 1/2   $16
     FISCAL YEAR 1997
      First Quarter............................................ $24 7/8   $16
      Second Quarter........................................... $22 5/8 $15 1/2
      Third Quarter............................................ $22 3/8 $17 1/8
      Fourth Quarter........................................... $26 3/4   $18
</TABLE>
 
  As of September 30, 1997, there were approximately 89 holders of record of
the Company's Common Stock.
 
  The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its capital
stock and does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its Common Stock in the
foreseeable future. The Company currently intends to retain future earrings to
finance its operations and fund the growth of its business. Any payment of
future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the
Company and will depend upon, among other things, the Company's earnings,
financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual
restrictions in respect to the payment of dividends and other factors that the
Company's Board of Directors deems relevant. The Company's credit agreement
restricts the payment of cash dividends on the Company's Common Stock.
 
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
  In connection with the Company's acquisition of Leardata, the Company issued
310,226 shares of Common Stock to the former stockholders of Leardata on
January 6, 1997. In connection with the Company's acquisition of Computec, the
Company issued 677,880 shares of Common Stock to the former stockholders of
Computec on April 30, 1997. In connection with the Company's acquisition of
SelecTech, the Company issued 54,934 shares of Common Stock to the former
stockholders of SelecTech on July 10, 1997.
 
  The issuance of such shares was exempt from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933 by virtue of Section 4(2) thereunder. See Note 3 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements for the consideration received by the
Company in connection with the issuance of such shares in connection with the
Company's acquisition of Leardata, Computec and SelecTech.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
  The selected historical financial data set forth below as of and for the
fiscal years ended July 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993 have been derived
from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. The
following information should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere
in this 10-K.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                   1997(1)  1996(2)   1995     1994     1993
                                   -------- -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                                <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
 Revenues......................... $115,022 $58,145  $49,558  $34,165  $23,163
 Cost of Professional Services....   85,979  45,918   40,082   28,047   19,397
                                   -------- -------  -------  -------  -------
 Gross Margin.....................   29,043  12,227    9,476    6,118    3,766
 Selling, General and
  Administrative Expenses.........   18,654   6,719    5,769    5,581    3,648
                                   -------- -------  -------  -------  -------
 Operating Income.................   10,389   5,508    3,707      537      118
 Interest (Expense) Income, net...      869    (162)    (764)    (401)    (113)
                                   -------- -------  -------  -------  -------
 Income Before Provision for
  Income Taxes....................   11,258   5,346    2,943      136        5
 Provision for Income Taxes.......    4,542   2,096    1,205       56        4
                                   -------- -------  -------  -------  -------
 Net Income....................... $  6,716 $ 3,250  $ 1,738  $    80  $     1
                                   ======== =======  =======  =======  =======
 Net Income Per Share(3).......... $   0.71 $  0.54
                                   ======== =======
 Weighted Average Common and
  Common Equivalent Shares
  Outstanding.....................    9,460   6,039
<CAPTION>
                                                   JULY 31,
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                     1997    1996     1995     1994     1993
                                   -------- -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                                <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
BALANCE SHEET:
 Working Capital.................. $ 30,180 $26,901  $ 1,833  $   267  $   817
 Total Assets.....................  110,287  44,029    7,623    5,638    3,487
 Total Long-term Debt, Including
  Current Portion(4)..............       --      --    4,305    6,185      750
 Series A Convertible Preferred
  Stock(5)........................       --      --    1,485       --       --
 Shareholders' Equity
  (Deficit)(5)(6)(7)(8)...........   99,659  40,036   (2,878)  (4,524)     217
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The statement of income and balance sheet data include the results of
    operations and acquired net assets of the Company, AD&D beginning July 1,
    1996, PSC beginning November 27, 1996, Leardata beginning January 7, 1997,
    Computec beginning April 30, 1997 and SelecTech beginning July 11, 1997.
 
(2) The statement of income and balance sheet data include the results of
    operations and acquired net assets of the Company and AD&D beginning July
    1, 1996.
 
(3) Net income per share was computed as explained in Note 1 of the Notes to
    the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4) Does not include working capital borrowings under the Company's revolving
    credit facility, which were $836,000, $2.4 million and $1.7 million as of
    July 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.
 
(5) The outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock were
    subject to mandatory redemption by the Company at any time after March
    2005 upon the request of the holders of a majority of such shares then
    outstanding. Consequently, such shares were not included in actual
    shareholders' equity (deficit) as of July 31, 1995. Such shares
    automatically converted into 592,000 shares of Common Stock immediately
    prior to the consummation of the initial public offering.
 
(6) The Company recorded a charge to retained earnings of approximately $4.8
    million in February 1994 in connection with the redemption of all shares
    of Common Stock not owned by the founder.
 
(7) In January 1997 the Company completed a second public offering of
    2,395,000 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $17.50 per
    share for net proceeds of $38.9 million.
 
(8) In March 1996 the Company completed an initial public offering of
    2,726,000 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $14.00 per
    share for net proceeds of $34.3 million.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  In addition to the historical information contained herein, this Form 10-K
contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements
involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including, without limitation,
the Company's ability to recruit and retain qualified technical consultants;
identify, acquire and integrate suitable acquisition candidates; obtain
sufficient working capital to support such growth; compete successfully with
existing and future competitors; and other factors described throughout this
Form 10-K and the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarters ended October 31, 1996,
January 31, 1997 and April 30, 1997. The actual results that the Company
achieves may differ materially from any forward-looking statements due to such
risks and uncertainties. Words such as "believes", "anticipates", "expects",
"intends", and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking
statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.
The Company undertakes no obligation to revise any forward-looking statements
in order to reflect events or circumstances that may arise after the date of
this report. Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various
disclosures made by the Company in this report and in the Company's other
reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission that attempt to
advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect the
Company's business, including the risk factors set forth in the Company's
prospectus dated January 21, 1997.
 
OVERVIEW
 
  Early in fiscal 1994, the Company began to implement a growth strategy which
has had a significant impact on the Company's financial condition and results
of operations. As part of this strategy, the Company hired a new President,
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer and added other personnel
to strengthen the Company's financial, management information systems,
marketing and operating infrastructure. These strategic initiatives
contributed to an increase in the Company's total revenues from $23.2 million
in fiscal 1993 to $115.0 million in fiscal 1997.
 
  The Company has grown significantly during the last three years through a
combination of internally developed branches, acquisitions and the
introduction of new service offerings. Since 1994 new branch locations have
been opened in Denver, Colorado (1995), Seattle, Washington (1996), Portland,
Oregon (1997), Des Moines, Iowa (1996) and St. Louis (1997). The Company has
also acquired IT staffing businesses located in Omaha, Nebraska and Kansas
City, Kansas (Applications Design and Development division ("AD&D") of ADD
Consulting, Inc.) in 1996; in Phoenix, Arizona (Professional Software
Consultants, Inc. ("PSC")) in November 1996; in Dallas, Texas (LEARDATA Info-
Services, Inc. ("Leardata")) in January 1997; in Glendale, California
(Computec International Strategic Resources, Inc. ("Computec")) in April 1997,
and in Chicago, Illinois (SelecTech Inc. ("SelecTech")) in July 1997. The
Company now has fourteen offices in eleven states and three international
recruiting offices ( two located in England and one in Australia).
 
  Substantially all of the Company's revenues are based on the hourly billings
of its technical consultants and are recognized as services are provided. The
average billing rate as of July 31, 1997 was approximately $60.50 per hour, up
from $53.00 per hour as of July 31, 1996. Billing rates vary from market to
market, are determined according to the skill level of the technical
consultant on assignment and, are individually negotiated with each client.
Although the Company has historically paid its technical consultants only when
they were actually on assignment with a client, a significant number of the
consultants added through acquired companies are salaried employees who are
paid whether or not they are on assignment. Typically, the gross margins
associated with such salaried consultants are higher than for consultants who
are paid only when they are on assignment if the unassigned time of these
consultants is managed effectively.
 
  Although the Company serves a large number of clients in a broad range of
industry groups, approximately 21.7% of the Company's revenues in fiscal 1997
down from 42.6% in fiscal 1996 were derived from the Company's eight largest
foreign automobile and motorcycle manufacturers with operations in Southern
California, with one such client representing 5.0% of revenues and another
representing 4.2% of revenues. On
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
an unaudited pro forma basis, had the acquisition of PSC, Leardata, Computec
and SelecTech occurred as of the beginning of fiscal 1996, approximately 17.1%
of the Company's pro forma revenues in fiscal 1997 would have been derived
from these eight manufacturers, the largest of which would have represented
4.0% of revenues. Approximately 32.1% of the Company's fiscal 1997 revenues
were derived from its ten largest clients (25.3% giving pro forma effect to
the acquisitions of PSC, Leardata, Computec and SelecTech). This compares to
60.3% for fiscal 1996 (29.8% giving pro forma effect to the acquisitions). A
significant increase or decrease in demand by a large client could have a
substantial effect on the Company's revenues, and revenues from any one client
can vary materially from period to period.
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
 
  The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly consolidated
financial information for each of the Company's last eight fiscal quarters. In
the opinion of the Company's management, this quarterly information has been
prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements
appearing elsewhere in this 10-K and includes all adjustments (consisting only
of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the unaudited
quarterly results set forth herein. The Company's quarterly results have in
the past been subject to fluctuations, and thus, the operating results for any
quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    QUARTER ENDED
                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          7/31/97  4/30/97  1/31/97  10/31/96  7/31/96  4/30/96  1/31/96  10/31/95
                          -------  -------  -------  --------  -------  -------  -------  --------
                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NET INCOME PER SHARE)
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenues................  $39,756  $31,355  $23,777  $20,134   $16,130  $14,815  $13,246  $13,954
Cost of Professional
 Services...............   28,938   23,435   18,172   15,434    12,670   11,780   10,433   11,035
                          -------  -------  -------  -------   -------  -------  -------  -------
Gross Margin............   10,818    7,920    5,605    4,700     3,460    3,035    2,813    2,919
Selling, General and
 Administrative
 Expenses...............    6,945    5,191    3,665    2,853     1,878    1,606    1,744    1,491
                          -------  -------  -------  -------   -------  -------  -------  -------
Operating Income........  $ 3,873  $ 2,729  $ 1,940  $ 1,847   $ 1,582  $ 1,429  $ 1,069  $ 1,428
Net Income..............  $ 2,352  $ 1,855  $ 1,261  $ 1,248   $ 1,132  $   823  $   542  $   753
                          =======  =======  =======  =======   =======  =======  =======  =======
Net Income Per Share....  $  0.21  $  0.18  $  0.16  $  0.16   $  0.15  $  0.13  $  0.11  $  0.15
                          =======  =======  =======  =======   =======  =======  =======  =======
Weighted Average Common
 and Common Equivalent
 Shares Outstanding.....   11,383   10,530    8,065    7,864     7,753    6,550    4,926    4,926
                          =======  =======  =======  =======   =======  =======  =======  =======
OTHER DATA:
Gross Margin Percentage.     27.2%    25.3%    23.6%    23.3%     21.5%    20.5%    21.2%    20.9%
Operating Income
 Percentage.............      9.7%     8.7%     8.2%     9.2%      9.8%     9.6%     8.1%    10.2%
EBITA(1)................  $ 4,512  $ 3,060  $ 2,120  $ 1,958   $ 1,624  $ 1,429  $ 1,069  $ 1,428
EBITA Percentage........     11.3%     9.8%     8.9%     9.7%     10.1%     9.6%     8.1%    10.2%
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Represents earnings before interest, taxes and amortization.
 
  Demand for the Company's services is generally lower in the quarter ending
January 31 due to reduced activity during the holiday season and a lower
number of working days for those clients which curtail operations between
Christmas and New Years Day. The Company anticipates that its business will
continue to be subject to such seasonal variations.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following table sets forth the percentages of revenues represented by
certain items in the Company's statement of income for the indicated periods.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEARS ENDED JULY
                                                                   31,
                                                            -------------------
                                                            1997   1996   1995
                                                            -----  -----  -----
   <S>                                                      <C>    <C>    <C>
   Revenues................................................ 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
   Cost of Professional Services...........................  74.8%  79.0%  80.9%
                                                            -----  -----  -----
   Gross Margin............................................  25.2%  21.0%  19.1%
   Selling, General and Administrative Expenses............  16.2%  11.5%  11.6%
                                                            -----  -----  -----
   Operating Income........................................   9.0%   9.5%   7.5%
   Net Income..............................................   5.8%   5.6%   3.5%
</TABLE>
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1996
 
  Revenues. Revenues increased $56.9 million, or 97.8%, to $115.0 million for
fiscal 1997 as compared to $58.1 million for fiscal 1996. This increase
resulted primarily from the contribution of revenues from the acquisitions of
AD&D (acquired in July 1996), PSC (acquired in November 1996), Leardata
(acquired in January 1997), Computec (acquired in April 1997) and SelecTech
(acquired in July 1997), and from the San Francisco branch (opened in 1993),
the Denver branch (opened in November 1995), the Seattle branch (opened in
June 1996), the Des Moines branch (opened in September 1996), the Portland
branch (opened in February 1997) and from increased revenues of the Company's
locations in California. The internal growth rate, excluding acquisitions, for
fiscal 1997 was 22.7%. The increases were also due to: (i) new information
technology projects; (ii) increased demand in the networking and
communications market; and (iii) a broadening of the types of services being
provided such as network management and desktop services and Y2K.
 
  Gross Margin. Gross margin increased $16.8 million, or 137.5%, to $29.0
million, for fiscal 1997 as compared to $12.2 million for fiscal 1996. As a
percentage of revenues, gross margin increased for fiscal 1997 to 25.2% as
compared to 21.0% for the prior year period. This gross margin percentage
improvement reflects higher gross margins from: (i) AD&D, PSC, Leardata,
Computec and SelecTech due to their higher mix of salaried consultants; (ii)
the opening of the branch offices in Denver, Seattle, Des Moines and Portland;
and (iii) the gross margin improvement program in existing markets and a
change in the mix of service offerings, with an increased component of higher
margin services in fiscal 1997.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased approximately $11.9 million, or 177.6%, to
$18.7 million for fiscal 1997, as compared to $6.7 million for fiscal 1996.
Selling, general and administrative expenses also increased as a percentage of
revenues to 16.2% for fiscal 1997, as compared to 11.5% for the prior year
period. This increase primarily resulted from: (i) amortization of intangible
assets related to the acquisitions of AD&D, PSC, Leardata, Computec and
SelecTech, (ii) investment in additional management personnel and corporate
infrastructure required to support planned Company growth, particularly sales
and recruiting personnel; and (iii) costs related to new branch openings.
 
  Operating Income. Operating income increased $4.9 million, or 88.6%, to
$10.4 million for fiscal 1997 from $5.5 million for the same period in 1996.
As a percentage of revenues, operating income decreased to 9.0% for fiscal
1997 as compared to 9.5% for fiscal 1996 reflecting the increase in selling,
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues, offset, in
part, by gross margin improvement.
 
  Interest Income (Expense), net. The Company had net interest income of
$869,000 for fiscal 1997 as compared to interest expense of $162,000 for
fiscal 1996 as a result of the repayment of the Company's interest bearing
debt with a portion of the proceeds of the Company's initial public offering
of securities in March 1996, the proceeds of the Company's second public
offering of securities (the "Offering") in January 1997, and the investment of
the remaining proceeds of both offerings in interest bearing investment grade
securities.
 
  Provision for Income Taxes. The Company's effective tax rate increased to
40.4% in fiscal 1997 from 39.2% in fiscal 1996. The increase in the effective
tax rate is primarily due to nondeductible amortization of goodwill on certain
acquisitions offset by the tax benefit associated with investment in short-
term tax exempt cash equivalents. The Company expects the effective rate to
increase over the next year to reflect a full year of non-deductible goodwill
amortization resulting from the acquisitions made in 1997.
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1995
 
  Revenues. Revenues increased $8.6 million, or 17.3%, to $58.1 million for
fiscal 1996 as compared to $49.6 million for fiscal 1995. This increase
resulted primarily from billings to new clients both in existing locations as
well as the new locations in Denver and Seattle, and from increased billings
to the Company's existing clients due to: (i) new IT projects; (ii) increased
demand in the networking and communications market, (iii) a broadening of the
types of services being provided; and (iv) increased demand for the most
highly skilled
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
consultants who are billed at higher hourly rates. To a lesser extent, the
increase also resulted from one month of revenue from AD&D. These increases
were offset, by the, performance of the San Francisco branch which contributed
$2.2 million to revenues in fiscal 1996, down from $3.6 million in fiscal
1995.
 
  Gross Margin. Gross margin increased $2.8 million, to $12.2 million, for
fiscal 1996 as compared to $9.5 million for fiscal 1995. As a percentage of
revenues, gross margin increased for fiscal 1996 to 21.0% as compared to 19.1%
for the prior year. This improvement reflects the modest price increases which
the Company has been able to implement and a change in business mix, with an
increased component of higher margin client/server and networking and
communications services in the fiscal 1996.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased approximately $1.0 million, or 16.5%, to
$6.7 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $5.8 million for fiscal 1995. As
a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses
decreased to 11.5% for fiscal 1996 as compared to 11.6% for fiscal 1995. This
decrease as a percentage of revenues primarily resulted from lower founder's
and executive incentive compensation offset by several factors, including: (i)
higher commissions as a percentage of revenues reflecting the higher
commission rates paid for higher margin billings; (ii) investment in
additional management personnel and corporate infrastructure required to
support planned Company growth; and (iii) costs associated with the opening of
new branch locations in Seattle and Denver.
 
  Operating Income. Operating income increased $1.8 million, or 48.6%, to $5.5
million for fiscal 1996 from $3.7 million for fiscal 1995. As a percentage of
revenues, operating income increased to 9.5% for fiscal 1996 as compared to
7.5% for fiscal 1995. This increase as a percentage of revenues reflects the
improvement in gross margin as a percentage of revenues, lower compensation to
Ms. Weaver as a result of the change in her compensation arrangements
effective in March 1995 and lower executive incentive compensation.
 
  Interest Income (Expense), net. Net interest expense decreased to $162,000
for fiscal 1996 from $764,000 for fiscal 1995 due to: (i) lower borrowing
costs following the refinancing transactions in March 1995; (ii) the repayment
of all interest bearing debt with a portion of the proceeds of the IPO in
March 1996; and (iii) interest income in fiscal 1996 from the investment of
the remaining proceeds of the IPO in interest bearing securities. These
decreases in interest expense and the inclusion of interest income were
offset, in part, by a write-off of $140,000 of deferred financing fees related
to the repayment of the Company's bank debt in connections with the IPO.
 
  Provision for Income Taxes. The Company's effective tax rate decreased to
39.2% in fiscal 1996 from 40.9% in fiscal 1995. The decrease in the effective
tax rate is primarily due to the tax benefit associated with investment in
short-term tax exempt cash equivalents.
 
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
  In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share. The
statement establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per
share (EPS) and applies to entities with publicly held common stock or
potential common stock. This statement simplifies the standards for computing
earnings per share previously found in APB Opinion No. 15, Earnings per Share,
and makes them comparable to international EPS standards. It replaces the
presentation of primary EPS with a presentation of basic EPS. It also requires
dual presentation of basic and diluted EPS on the face of the income statement
for all entities with complex capital structures and requires a reconciliation
of the numerator and denominator of the basic EPS computation to the numerator
and denominator of the diluted EPS computation. The disclosure requirements of
SFAS No. 128 are effective for periods ending after December 15, 1997. (See
Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)
 
  In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 129, Disclosure of Information
About Capital Structure. The statement establishes standards for disclosing
information about an entity's capital structure. The disclosure requirements
of SFAS No. 129 are effective for periods ending after December 15, 1997.
Management does not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 129 will have a
significant impact on its financial statements.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
  In June 1997, the FASB, issued SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income
and SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general-purpose
financial statements. SFAS No. 131 establishes standards of reporting by
publicly-held business enterprises and disclosure of information about
operating segments in annual financial statements and to a lesser extent, in
interim financial reports issued to shareholders. SFAS Nos. 130 and 131 are
effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 1999. As both SFAS Nos. 130 and
131 deal with financial disclosure, the Company does not anticipate the
adoption of these new standards will have a material impact on its financial
position or results of operations.
 
INFLATION
 
  The effects of inflation on the Company's operation were not significant
during the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  Cash and cash equivalents and net working capital totaled $17.8 million and
$30.2 million, respectively, as of July 31, 1997. The Company generated $2.9
million in cash flow from operations in fiscal 1997. The Company used $45.6
million in cash in connection with its ongoing acquisition program to acquire
companies and generated cash from financing activities of $39.4 million
primarily from net proceeds of the Offering completed in January 1997.
 
  Accounts receivable balances have increased on a days sales outstanding
basis partially due to the effect of differing accounts receivable terms and
cycles maintained by companies acquired in fiscal 1997. Expansion of personnel
in credit and collections as a part of the Company's overall acquisition
integration strategy took place at the beginning of fiscal 1998.
 
  On October 25, 1996, the Company obtained a two-year credit facility with
Wells Fargo Bank (the "Credit Agreement") which provided a revolving line of
credit in the principal amount of $10.0 million and a facility for
acquisitions in the principal amount of $10.0 million. As of July 31, 1997,
the Company had no outstanding borrowings and was in compliance with bank
covenants.
 
  On September 25, 1997, the Company obtained a five-year, $60,000,000
Revolving/Term Loan Agreement (the "New Credit Agreement") with a bank
syndicate. The New Credit Agreement, which supersedes and replaces the Credit
Agreement, consists of a revolving line of credit in the principal amount of
$60,000,000, and bears interest at the prime rate to prime rate plus 1% or
LIBOR plus .75% to 2.25% depending on defined financial covenants. At the end
of three years, the outstanding balance on the facility converts to a two-year
fully amortized term loan. The facility is secured by substantially all of the
assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, including accounts receivable and
equipment. Additional pricing options and alternatives are available depending
on certain financial conditions. The New Credit Agreement contains various
covenants, including the maintenance of defined financial ratios such as net
worth.
 
  On April 30, 1997, the Company completed the acquisition by merger of
Computec. Under the terms of the agreement, the purchase price was
approximately $28.2 million, consisting of $19.0 million in cash after cash
adjustments and 677,880 shares of restricted Common Stock, valued at $9.1
million, after an adjustment to reflect the impact of restrictions on
disposition of the stock. The definitive agreement also obligates the Company
to make earnout payments contingent upon Computec's earnings before interest
and taxes through December 31, 1998 (the "earn-out"). Should Computec achieve
its contingent earnout thresholds, the obligation under this arrangement could
be material to the consolidated financial statements.
 
  On July 10, 1997, the Company completed the acquisition of SelecTech. Under
the terms of the agreement, the purchase price was approximately $9.0 million,
consisting of $7.0 million in cash and 54,934 shares of restricted Common
Stock, valued at $928,000, after an adjustment to reflect the impact of
restrictions on
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
disposition of the stock and a purchase price adjustment of $1.1 million which
was paid in September 1997 and is recorded in intangible assets and accounts
payable and accrued liabilities as of July 31, 1997.
 
  The Company anticipates that its primary uses of working capital in future
periods will be for acquisitions, the internal development of new branches,
investments in its management information systems, earnouts and the funding of
increases in accounts receivable. Although the Company seeks to use its common
stock to make acquisitions, to the extent possible, a substantial portion of
the purchase price for AD&D, Leardata, Computec, SelecTech and all of the
purchase price for PSC was paid in cash. The Company continually reviews and
evaluates acquisition candidates to complement and expand its existing
business, and is at various stages of evaluation and discussion with a number
of such candidates. Such acquisition candidates may also require that all or a
significant portion of the purchase price be paid in cash. The Company's
ability to grow through acquisitions is dependent on the availability of
suitable acquisition candidates and the terms on which such candidates may be
acquired, which may be adversely affected by competition for such
acquisitions. The Company cannot predict to what extent new branches will be
added through acquisitions as compared to internal development.
 
  The Company anticipates that the opening of new branches will require an
investment of approximately $150,000 to $200,000 per branch to acquire
equipment and supplies and to fund operating losses for the initial nine- to
twelve-month period of operations which management believes will generally be
required for a new branch to achieve profitability. The Company expenses the
costs of opening a new branch as incurred, except for the cost of equipment
and other capital assets, which are capitalized. Generally, expenditures for
such capital assets for a new branch will be less than $50,000. There can be
no assurance that future branches will achieve profitability within a nine- to
twelve-month period after opening. The Company anticipates making additional
capital expenditures in connection with the development of new branch
facilities in future periods and the improvement of its network and operating
system infrastructure and management reporting system.
 
  The Company believes that the existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flow
from operations and available borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, will
be sufficient to meet the Company's presently anticipated working capital
needs for at least the next 12 months, although the Company is evaluating
various potential acquisitions which could require all or a substantial
portion of the existing cash and cash equivalents and availability under the
New Credit Agreement and could be completed within the next 12 months. To the
extent the Company uses all of its cash resources and existing credit for
acquisitions, the Company may be required to obtain additional funds, if
available, through additional borrowings or equity financings. There can be no
assurance that such capital will be available on acceptable terms. If the
Company is unable to obtain sufficient financing, it may be unable to
implement its growth strategy fully.
 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
  Not Applicable.
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
  See Item 14(a)
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
  None.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
                                   PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
  The information required by this item will be contained in the Company's
Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held December 17,
1997 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days
after July 31, 1997 and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
  The information required by this item will be contained in the Company's
Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held December 17,
1997 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days
after July 31, 1997 and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
  The information required by this item will be contained in the Company's
Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held December 17,
1997 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days
after July 31, 1997 and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
  The information required by this item will be contained in the Company's
Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held December 17,
1997 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days
after July 31, 1997 and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
(A) 1. INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FILED AS PART OF THIS
 REPORT:

  Independent Auditors' Report................................       F-1
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 31, 1997 and 1996....       F-2
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended July
   31, 1997, 1996 and 1995....................................       F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)
   for the Years Ended July 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995...........       F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
   July 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995...............................       F-5
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years
   Ended July 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995......................... F-6 through F-13

  2. FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

  Schedule II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years
            Ended July 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995................       S-1
</TABLE>
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
3. EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT NUMBER                           DESCRIPTION
  --------------                           -----------
  <C>            <S>
   2.1           Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Assets dated July 1, 1996,
                 by and among Data Processing Resources Corporation, ADD
                 Consulting, Inc. and Gerald R. Ladd(1)

   2.2           Registration Rights Agreement dated July 1, 1996, by and
                 between Data Processing Resources Corporation and ADD
                 Consulting, Inc.(1)

   2.3           Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 16, 1996, by and among
                 Data Processing Resources Corporation, Leardata Info-Services,
                 Inc., General Atlantic Leardata Partners, L.P., Bruce M.
                 Smith, Chris P. Smith, Steve P. Donaldson, Robert M. Howe and
                 Barbara A. Kuhler(5)

   2.4           Form of Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into among
                 Data Processing Resources Corporation, Leardata Info-Services,
                 Inc., General Atlantic Leardata Partners, L.P., Bruce M.
                 Smith, Chris P. Smith, Steve P. Donaldson, Robert M. Howe and
                 Barbara A. Kuhler(5)

   2.5           Agreement and Plan of Merger dated April 29, 1997, by and
                 among Data Processing Resources Corporation, DPRC Acquisition
                 Corp., Computec International Strategic Resources, Inc.,
                 Christopher W. Lancashire, Alicia R. Lancashire and Merrill
                 Lynch Trust Company of California, as Trustee of The
                 Lancashire Charitable Remainder Unitrust.(6)

   2.6           Registration Rights Agreement dated April 29, 1997, by and
                 among Data Processing Resources Corporation, Christopher W.
                 Lancashire and Alicia R. Lancashire.(6)

   3.1           Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company(2)

   3.2           Restated Bylaws of the Company(2)

   4.1           Investors' Rights Agreement dated as of March 2, 1995, by and
                 among the Company and the Holders who are signatories thereto,
                 as amended by Amendment No. 1(2)

   4.2           Specimen Common Stock certificate(2)

  10.1           Employment Agreement dated as of August 1, 1995 between the
                 Company and David M. Connell(2)*

  10.2           Employment Agreement dated as of August 1, 1995 between the
                 Company and Mary Ellen Weaver(2)*

  10.3           Employment Agreement dated as of January 5, 1996 between the
                 Company and Michael A. Piraino(2)*

  10.4           1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended(3)*

  10.5           Form of Stock Option Agreement(2)*

  10.6           Management Services Agreement dated as of December, 1993
                 between the Company and Information Technology Resources,
                 Inc.(2)

  10.7           Covenant Not to Compete dated as of February 28, 1994 by and
                 among the Company and Thomas A. Ballantyne, III, Candice M.
                 Ballantyne, and Ballantyne Computer Service, Inc.(2)

  10.8           Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each
                 of its directors and certain officers(2)*

  10.9           Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1996 between the
                 Company and Richard E. Earley(2)*

  10.10          Employee Stock Purchase Plan+*

  10.11          Credit Agreement dated as of September 25, 1997 between Data
                 Processing Resources Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank,
                 National Association+

  10.12          Employment Agreement dated April 29, 1997, by and between DPRC
                 Acquisition Corp. and Christopher W. Lancashire(6)*

  10.13          Amendments to Employment Agreement dated as of August 1, 1995
                 between the Company and Mary Ellen Weaver+*
</TABLE>
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT NUMBER                         DESCRIPTION
  --------------                         -----------
  <C>            <S>
  21.1           List of All Subsidiaries of the Company+

  23.1           Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP+

  27.1           Financial Data Schedule for the Company for the Year Ended
                 July 31, 1997+
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
    dated July 1, 1996, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
    on July 16, 1996 and, as amended, on August 27, 1996.
 
(2) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 3 to the Company's Registration
    Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-00098) as filed with the Securities and
    Exchange Commission on March 5, 1996.
 
(3) Incorporated by reference to the Company's definitive proxy statement with
    form of proxy attached as filed with the Securities and Exchange
    Commission on November 19, 1996.
 
(4) Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
    the fiscal year ended July 31, 1996 as filed with the Securities and
    Exchange Commission on October 29, 1996.
 
(5) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration
    Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-18719) as filed with the Securities and
    Exchange Commission on January 21, 1997.
 
(6) Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
    dated April 30, 1997 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
    on May 15, 1997.
 
 + Filed herewith.
 
 * Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be
   filed as an exhibit pursuant to applicable rules of the Securities and
   Exchange Commission.
 
(B) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
 
  The Registrant filed the following reports on Form 8-K with the Securities
and Exchange Commission during the fourth quarter of 1997:
 
    Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 30, 1997, describing under Item
    2 the acquisition by merger of Computec International Strategic
    Resources, Inc., a California corporation ("Computec"), pursuant to an
    Agreement and Plan of Merger dated April 29, 1997, by and among Data
    Processing Resources Corporation, DPRC Acquisition Corp., Computec and
    the shareholders of Computec.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
                                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
 
                                     By: /s/ Mary Ellen Weaver
                                         ______________________________________
                                            Mary Ellen Weaver
                                            Chairman of the Board
                                            and Chief Executive Officer
Date: October 29, 1997
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             SIGNATURE                             TITLE                      DATE
             ---------                             -----                      ----
<S>                                  <C>                               <C>
     /s/ Mary Ellen Weaver           Chairman of the Board, Chief        October 29, 1997
____________________________________ Executive Officer and Director
         Mary Ellen Weaver           (Principal Executive Officer)

      /s/ David M. Connell           President, Chief Operating          October 29, 1997
____________________________________ Officer and Director
          David M. Connell

     /s/ Michael A. Piraino          Senior Vice President and Chief     October 29, 1997
____________________________________ Financial Officer (Principal
         Michael A. Piraino          Financial and Accounting
                                     Officer)

 /s/ Christopher W. Lancashire       President, Chief Executive          October 29, 1997
____________________________________ Officer of Computec International
     Christopher W. Lancashire       Strategic Resources, Inc. and
                                     Director

    /s/ J. Christopher Lewis         Director                            October 29, 1997
____________________________________
        J. Christopher Lewis

        /s/ Li-San Hwang             Director                            October 29, 1997
____________________________________
            Li-San Hwang

      /s/ Patrick C. Haden           Director                            October 29, 1997
____________________________________
          Patrick C. Haden
</TABLE>
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Data Processing Resources
Corporation:
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Data
Processing Resources Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of July
31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of income,
shareholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended July 31, 1997. Our audits also included the consolidated
financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 14. These financial
statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Data Processing Resources
Corporation and subsidiaries at July 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended July 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. Also, in our opinion, such consolidated financial statement
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the
information set forth therein.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Costa Mesa, California
September 19, 1997
(September 25, 1997 as to Note 5)
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             JULY 31,
                                                                         -----------------
                                                                           1997     1996
                                                                         --------  -------
<S>                                                                      <C>       <C>
                                   ASSETS
Current Assets:
 Cash and Cash Equivalents...........................................    $ 17,812  $21,855
 Accounts Receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts
  of $262 and $129 as of July 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively).......      21,839    8,436
 Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets...........................       1,076      387
 Deferred Tax Asset..................................................          --      216
                                                                         --------  -------
    Total Current Assets.............................................      40,727   30,894
Property:
 Equipment...........................................................       1,732      896
 Furniture and Fixtures..............................................       1,090      209
 Leasehold Improvements..............................................          53       26
                                                                         --------  -------
                                                                            2,875    1,131
 Less Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization......................      (1,446)    (392)
                                                                         --------  -------
    Property, net....................................................       1,429      739
Other Assets.........................................................         158       69
Intangible Assets (net of accumulated amortization of $1,298
 and $41 as of July 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively).................      67,973   12,327
                                                                         --------  -------
                                                                         $110,287  $44,029
                                                                         ========  =======
                    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
 Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities............................    $  9,003  $ 3,690
 Income Taxes Payable................................................       1,489      303
 Deferred Income Taxes...............................................          55       --
                                                                         --------  -------
    Total Current Liabilities........................................      10,547    3,993
Long-Term Deferred Income Taxes......................................          81       --
Commitments and Contingencies
Shareholders' Equity:
 Preferred Stock; 2,000,000 shares authorized; no shares
  issued and outstanding.............................................          --       --
 Common Stock; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 11,013,686 and
  7,492,321 shares issued and outstanding as of July 31,
  1997 and July 31, 1996, respectively...............................      90,472   38,125
 Additional Paid-in Capital..........................................       2,196    1,636
 Retained Earnings...................................................       6,991      275
                                                                         --------  -------
    Total Shareholders' Equity.......................................      99,659   40,036
                                                                         --------  -------
                                                                         $110,287  $44,029
                                                                         ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEARS ENDED JULY 31,
                                                      -------------------------
                                                        1997    1996     1995
                                                      -------- -------  -------
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenues............................................  $115,022 $58,145  $49,558
Cost of Professional Services.......................    85,979  45,918   40,082
                                                      -------- -------  -------
 Gross Margin.......................................    29,043  12,227    9,476
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses........    18,654   6,719    5,769
                                                      -------- -------  -------
Operating Income....................................    10,389   5,508    3,707
Interest Income (Expense), net......................       869    (162)    (764)
                                                      -------- -------  -------
Income before Provision for Income Taxes............    11,258   5,346    2,943
Provision for Income Taxes..........................     4,542   2,096    1,205
                                                      -------- -------  -------
Net Income..........................................  $  6,716 $ 3,250  $ 1,738
                                                      ======== =======  =======
Net Income Per Share................................  $   0.71 $  0.54
                                                      ======== =======
Weighted Average Common and Common Equivalent Shares
 Outstanding........................................     9,460   6,039
                                                      ======== =======
</TABLE>
 
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  COMMON STOCK
                               ------------------
                                                  ADDITIONAL RETAINED
                                                   PAID-IN   EARNINGS
                                 SHARES   AMOUNT   CAPITAL   (DEFICIT)  TOTAL
                               ---------- ------- ---------- --------- -------
<S>                            <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>       <C>
BALANCE, August 1, 1994......   4,000,000 $     2   $   --    $(4,526) $(4,524)
Net Income...................          --      --       --      1,738    1,738
Accretion to Redemption Value
 on Preferred Shares.........          --      --       --        (92)     (92)
                               ---------- -------   ------    -------  -------
BALANCE, July 31, 1995.......   4,000,000       2       --     (2,880)  (2,878)
Net Income...................                                   3,250    3,250
Exercise of Stock Options and
 Related Tax Benefit.........      22,200      29       56         --       85
Accretion to Redemption Value
 on Preferred Shares.........          --      --       --        (95)     (95)
Conversion of Preferred
 Shares into Common Shares
 Concurrent with Initial
 Public Offering.............    592,000       --    1,580         --    1,580
Issuance of Common Shares in
 Initial Public Offering,
 net.........................   2,726,000  34,329       --         --   34,329
Issuance of Common Shares in
 connection with Acquisition.     152,121   3,765       --         --    3,765
                               ---------- -------   ------    -------  -------
BALANCE, July 31, 1996.......   7,492,321  38,125    1,636        275   40,036
Net Income...................                                   6,716    6,716
Exercise of Stock Options and
 Related Tax Benefit.........      65,090     181      560         --      741
Issuance of Common Shares in
 Second Public Offering, net.   2,395,000  38,882       --         --   38,882
Issuance of Common Shares in
 Connection with
 Acquisitions................   1,043,040  12,972       --         --   12,972
Issuance of Common Shares
 from Employee Stock Purchase
 Plan........................      18,235     312       --         --      312
                               ---------- -------   ------    -------  -------
BALANCE, July 31, 1997.......  11,013,686 $90,472   $2,196    $ 6,991  $99,659
                               ========== =======   ======    =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEARS ENDED JULY 31,
                                                     --------------------------
                                                       1997     1996     1995
                                                     --------  -------  -------
<S>                                                  <C>       <C>      <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net Income.........................................  $  6,716  $ 3,250  $ 1,738
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash
 Provided by
 Operating Activities:
  Depreciation.....................................       377      166       83
  Amortization.....................................     1,270       42       --
  Deferred Income Taxes............................      (219)      47     (263)
 Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities, net
  of the Effect of Acquisitions:
   Accounts Receivable.............................    (5,721)    (759)  (1,264)
   Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets...............    (2,332)      77     (426)
   Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities........     1,653       16      903
   Income Taxes Payable............................     1,113   (1,052)   1,359
                                                     --------  -------  -------
  Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities........     2,857    1,787    2,130

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Cash Paid for Acquisitions, net of cash acquired...   (45,581)  (8,785)      --
Purchase of Property...............................      (694)    (612)    (142)
Decrease in Restricted Investment..................        --       --      250
                                                     --------  -------  -------
  Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing
   Activities......................................   (46,275)  (9,397)     108
                                                     --------  -------  -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from Public Offerings of Common Stock, net    38,882   34,329       --
Proceeds from Employee Stock Purchase Plan.........       312       --       --
Proceeds from the Exercise of Stock Options........       181       29       --
Repayment of Line of Credit........................        --     (836)  (1,534)
Repayment of Notes Payable.........................        --   (4,305)  (1,874)
Proceeds from Issuance of Preferred Stock, net.....        --       --    1,393
                                                     --------  -------  -------
  Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing
   Activities......................................    39,375   29,217   (2,015)
                                                     --------  -------  -------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH....................    (4,043)  21,607      223
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year.......    21,855      248       25
                                                     --------  -------  -------
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year.............  $ 17,812  $21,855  $   248
                                                     ========  =======  =======
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION -- CASH PAID FOR:
Interest...........................................  $     83  $   424  $   725
                                                     ========  =======  =======
Income Taxes.......................................  $  3,648  $ 3,102  $   108
                                                     ========  =======  =======
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH FINANCING AND
 INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Conversion of Preferred Stock to Common Stock......  $     --  $ 1,580
Tax Benefit of Stock Options Exercised.............  $    560  $    56
Detail of Businesses Acquired in Purchase
 Transactions:
 Fair Value of Assets Acquired.....................  $ 69,345  $13,880
 Common Stock Issued in Acquisitions...............   (12,972)  (3,765)
 Cash Paid for Acquisitions........................   (49,515)  (8,785)
                                                     --------  -------
 Liabilities Assumed...............................  $  6,858  $ 1,330
                                                     ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
               FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
1. GENERAL
 
  Business -- Data Processing Resources Corporation (the "Company"), which was
incorporated in California in 1984, is a leading specialty staffing company
providing information technology services to a diverse group of corporate
clients.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Principles of Consolidation -- The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents -- The Company considers all highly liquid
investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash
equivalents.
 
  Property -- The cost of furniture, fixtures and equipment is depreciated
using straight-line and accelerated methods based on the estimated useful
lives of the related assets, generally five to seven years. Leasehold
improvements are amortized over the lesser of five years or the life of the
lease.
 
  Intangible Assets -- Intangible assets include goodwill which represents the
excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired, and is amortized using
the straight-line method over 25 years. Long-lived assets and certain
identifiable intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not
be recoverable.
 
  Revenue Recognition -- The Company recognizes revenue as services are
performed.
 
  Fair Value of Financial Instruments -- Management believes the carrying
amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable
approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these financial
instruments.
 
  Income Taxes -- The Company provides for income taxes in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109. SFAS No. 109 is an
asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax
assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that
have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. In
estimating future tax consequences, the Company generally considers all
expected future events other than enactments of changes in the tax law or
rates.
 
  Net Income Per Share -- Net income per share has been computed by dividing
net income by the weighted average number of shares of common and common
equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Weighted average common and
common equivalent shares included common shares and stock options using the
treasury stock method. Net income per share for the year ended July 31, 1995
is not presented because it was not considered indicative of the ongoing
entity.
 
  Reclassifications -- Certain items in the prior period financial statements
have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
 
  Use of Estimates -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles necessarily requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets
and liabilities and related disclosures at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
               FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
  Recent Accounting Pronouncements -- In February 1997, the Financial
Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share.
The statement establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per
share (EPS) and applies to entities with publicly held common stock or
potential common stock. This statement simplifies the standards for computing
earnings per share previously found in Accounting Principles Board ("APB")
Opinion No. 15, Earnings per Share, and makes them comparable to international
EPS standards. It replaces the presentation of primary EPS with a presentation
of basic EPS. It also requires dual presentation of basic and diluted EPS on
the face of the income statement for all entities with complex capital
structures and requires a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of
the basic EPS computation to the numerator and denominator of the diluted EPS
computation. The disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 128 are effective for
periods ending after December 15, 1997. Net income per share, as reported and
as would be reportable under SFAS No. 128 for the year ended July 31, 1997
are:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                     <C>
   Primary Net Income per Share as Reported............................... $.71
   Proforma Basic Net Income per Share.................................... $.74
   Proforma Diluted Net Income per Share.................................. $.71
</TABLE>
 
  In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 129, Disclosure of Information
About Capital Structure. The statement establishes standards for disclosing
information about an entity's capital structure. The disclosure requirements
of SFAS No. 129 are effective for periods ending after December 15, 1997.
Management does not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 129 will have a
significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
  In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income,
and SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general-purpose
financial statements. SFAS No. 131 establishes standards of reporting by
publicly-held business enterprises and disclosure of information about
operating segments in annual financial statements and, to a lesser extent, in
interim financial reports issued to shareholders. SFAS Nos. 130 and 131 are
effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 1999. As both SFAS Nos. 130 and
131 deal with financial disclosure, the Company does not anticipate the
adoption of these new standards will have a material impact on its financial
position or results of operations.
 
3. ACQUISITIONS
 
  Between July 1996 and July 1997, the Company completed five acquisitions.
Each acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. The excess of cost over fair
value of net assets acquired was allocated to goodwill, which is amortized
using the straight-line method over 25 years. An adjustment to the value of
common stock issued in each transaction was recorded to reflect the impact of
restrictions on disposal of the stock. The consolidated financial statements
of the Company include the results of operations for each acquired business
from the acquisition date.
 
  In July 1996, the Company acquired the information technology staffing
business, including two branch facilities and substantially all of the related
assets, of the Applications Design and Development division of ADD Consulting,
Inc. ("AD&D"). The aggregate purchase price of the acquisition was $11.7
million, consisting of $8.8 million in cash, 152,121 shares of restricted
Company common stock valued at $2.6 million and a deferred payment of
$300,000.
 
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
               FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
 
3. ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
 
  In November 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock
of Professional Software Consultants, Inc. ("PSC"). Under the terms of the
agreement, the purchase price was approximately $6.2 million in an all cash
transaction which included a purchase price adjustment based on PSC's earnings
before interest and taxes through December 31, 1996.
 
  In January 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock
of LEARDATA Info-Services, Inc. ("Leardata"). Under the terms of the
agreement, the purchase price was approximately $21.4 million, consisting of
$17.3 million in cash and 310,226 shares of restricted common stock, valued at
$4.1 million.
 
  In April 1997, the Company completed the acquisition by merger of Computec
International Strategic Resources, Inc. ("Computec"). Under the terms of the
agreement, the purchase price was approximately $28.2 million, consisting of
$19.0 million in cash and 677,880 shares of restricted common stock, valued at
$9.2 million. The definitive agreement also calls for an earnout contingent
upon Computec's earnings before interest and taxes through December 31, 1998.
 
  In July 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of
SelecTech, Inc. ("SelecTech"). Under the terms of the agreement, the purchase
price was approximately $9.0 million, consisting of $7.0 million in cash and
54,934 shares of restricted common stock, valued at $928,000, and a purchase
price adjustment of $1.1 million, which was paid in September 1997 and is
recorded in intangible assets and accounts payable and accrued liabilities as
of July 31, 1997.
 
  The allocation of the purchase prices for all acquisitions and other
purchase accounting adjustments is as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
                                                           ---------------------
                                                            1997     1996
                                                           -------  -------
   <S>                                                     <C>      <C>     
   Total Purchase Price, net.............................. $63,593  $12,850
   Net Assets Acquired....................................  (9,376)    (801)
   Adjustments to Conform Accounting Policies.............     699      199
   Acquisition Costs......................................   1,987      120
                                                           -------  -------
   Excess of Purchase Price over Net Assets Acquired...... $56,903  $12,368
                                                           =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
  Unaudited pro forma combined results of operations for the periods ended
July 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 (AD&D only) would have been as follows had each
of the acquisitions occurred as of the beginning of the respective periods (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1997     1996    1995
                                                      -------- -------- -------
   <S>                                                <C>      <C>      <C>
   Revenues.......................................... $146,267 $114,953 $59,975
   Pro Forma Net Income.............................. $  7,827 $  4,143 $ 2,065
   Pro Forma Net Income Per Share.................... $   0.77 $   0.57 $  0.41
   Weighted Average Common and Common Equivalent
    Shares Outstanding...............................   10,150    7,232   5,078
</TABLE>
 
  Pro forma adjustments have been applied to reflect the purchase, which
includes the elimination of expenses that are not expected to have a
continuing impact on the Company, such as certain redundant personnel costs,
excess owner's compensation and cost of line of business not acquired, and the
addition of amortization related to the intangible assets acquired.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
               FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
 
4. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    JULY 31,
                                                                  -------------
                                                                   1997   1996
                                                                  ------ ------
   <S>                                                            <C>    <C>
   Accounts Payable.............................................. $1,365 $  949
   Accrued Salaries, Bonuses and Related Benefits................  5,655  2,379
   Commissions Payable...........................................    877    362
   Accrued Purchase Price Adjustment.............................  1,106     --
                                                                  ------ ------
                                                                  $9,003 $3,690
                                                                  ====== ======
</TABLE>
 
5. DEBT
 
  Effective October 1996, the Company obtained a two-year, $20 million credit
facility (the "Credit Agreement") with a bank. The credit facility consisted
of a revolving line of credit in the principal amount of $10 million, and bore
interest at the prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.0% and an acquisition facility in
the principal amount of $10 million which bore interest at the prime rate or
LIBOR plus 1.25%. Both facilities were collateralized by accounts receivable
and equipment. All outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement were
repaid with the proceeds from the second public offering (see Note 6). As of
July 31, 1997, the Company had no outstanding borrowings and was in compliance
with all covenants thereunder.
 
  On September 25, 1997, the Company obtained a five-year, $60 million
Revolving/Term Loan Agreement (the "New Credit Agreement") with a bank
syndicate. The New Credit Agreement consists of a revolving line of credit in
the principal amount of $60 million, and bears interest at the prime rate to
prime rate plus 1% or LIBOR plus .75% to 2.25% depending on defined financial
covenants. At the end of three years, the outstanding balance on the facility
converts to a two-year fully amortized term loan. The facility is
collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
subsidiaries, including accounts receivable and equipment. Additional pricing
options and alternatives are available depending on certain financial
conditions. The New Credit Agreement contains various covenants, including the
maintenance of defined financial ratios such as net worth.
 
6. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
  Second Public Offering -- In January 1997 the Company completed a second
public offering of 2,395,000 shares of its common stock at an offering price
of $17.50 per share for net proceeds of $38.9 million.
 
  Initial Public Offering -- In March 1996 the Company completed an initial
public offering of 2,726,000 shares of its common stock at an offering price
of $14.00 per share for net proceeds of $34.3 million.
 
  Stock Split -- On January 8, 1996, the Company amended its Articles of
Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from
8,000,000 to 20,000,000, authorize 2,001,480 shares of preferred stock (of
which 1,480 were designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock) and effect a
400-for-one stock split of its common stock. All shares and per share amounts
included in the accompanying financial statements and footnotes have been
restated to reflect the stock split.
 
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
               FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
 
6. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
 
  Preferred Stock -- In March 1995, the Company issued 1,480 shares of Series
A preferred stock for $1,601,000, less costs of $208,000 associated with the
issuance. The Series A preferred stock had a liquidation preference of $1,082
per share, plus 8.0% interest per annum, compounded annually applied to such
an amount from the date of original issuance, less any dividends previously
paid. The stock was redeemable at an amount equal to the sum of $2,850 per
share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends, and was payable in twelve equal
quarterly installments. Holders of Series A preferred stock were entitled to
receive noncumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of $87 per share,
payable in preference and priority to any dividend on common stock when, and
as declared by, the Board of Directors.
 
  The Company had 2,001,480 authorized shares of Preferred Stock, of which
1,480 shares had been designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as of
July 31, 1995. Immediately prior to the consummation of the initial public
offering, the outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
automatically converted into an aggregate of 592,000 shares of common stock.
The shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock were canceled upon said
conversion and ceased to be authorized.
 
  Dividends -- The Company's Credit Agreement and New Credit Agreement
prohibit the payment of dividends without the prior written consent of the
lender.
 
7. STOCK OPTIONS AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
  Stock Option Plan -- In 1994, the Company adopted the 1994 Stock Plan (the
"Stock Plan") under which incentive and non-statutory stock options to acquire
shares of the Company's common stock may be granted to officers, employees and
consultants of the Company. The Stock Plan is administered by the Board of
Directors and permits the issuance of options as of July 31, 1997 of up to
1,500,000 shares, subject to shareholder approval, of the Company's common
stock. Incentive stock options must be issued at an exercise price not less
than the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant.
Options granted under the Stock Plan vest over various terms up to four years
and are exercisable over a period of time, not to exceed ten years, and are
subject to other terms and conditions specified in each individual employee
option agreement. A summary of employee stock options is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  WEIGHTED
                                                 WEIGHTED         AVERAGE
                                 NUMBER OF       AVERAGE         FAIR VALUE
                                   SHARES     EXERCISE PRICE OF OPTIONS GRANTED
                               -------------- -------------- ------------------
                               (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                         <C>            <C>            <C>
   Outstanding August 1,
    1994.....................         --              --
    Granted..................        284          $ 1.32
                                   -----
   Outstanding July 31, 1995.        284          $ 1.32
    Granted..................        395          $14.16           $6.75
    Exercised................        (22)         $ 1.31
    Canceled.................        (40)         $25.55
                                   -----
   Outstanding July 31, 1996.        617          $ 8.20
    Granted..................        785          $18.79           $8.87
    Exercised................        (65)         $ 2.78
    Canceled.................       (152)         $17.99
                                   -----
   Outstanding July 31, 1997.      1,185          $14.17
                                   =====
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
               FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
 
7 . STOCK OPTIONS AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
 
  The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding
and exercisable options:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  WEIGHTED
                                   AVERAGE   WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED
        RANGE OF      NUMBER OF   REMAINING  AVERAGE              AVERAGE
        EXERCISE       OPTIONS   CONTRACTUAL EXERCISE   NUMBER    EXERCISE
        PRICES:      OUTSTANDING    LIFE      PRICE   EXERCISABLE  PRICE
        --------     ----------- ----------- -------- ----------- --------
     <S>             <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>
     $ 1.31--$14.00     446,630     7.76      $ 5.57    233,268    $ 3.89
     $16.88--$18.75     456,000     9.56      $17.87     36,000    $16.88
     $19.88--$27.25     282,477     9.38      $21.81     26,342    $21.61
                      ---------
     $ 1.31--$27.25   1,185,107     8.84      $14.17    295,610    $ 7.05
</TABLE>
 
  Additional Stock Plan Information -- The Company continues to account for
its stock-based awards using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and its related
interpretations. No compensation expense has been recognized in the financial
statements for employee stock arrangements.
 
  SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, requires the
disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share, had the Company
adopted the fair value method as of the beginning of fiscal 1995. Under SFAS
No. 123, the fair value of stock-based awards to employees is calculated
through the use of option pricing models, even though such models were
developed to estimate the fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable
options without vesting restrictions, which significantly differ from the
Company's stock option awards. These models also require subjective
assumptions, including future stock price volatility and expected time to
exercise, which greatly affect the calculated values. The Company's
calculations were made using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the
following weighted average assumptions: expected life, 6.1 years; stock
volatility, 36.2%; risk-free interest rates, 6.5%; and no dividends during the
expected term. The Company's calculations are based on a single option
valuation approach and forfeitures are recognized as they occur. If the
computed fair values of the 1996 and 1997 awards had been amortized to expense
over the vesting period of the awards, pro forma net income would have been
$3.1 million or $ .52 per share in 1996 and $5.9 million or $ .62 per share in
1997. However, the impact of the outstanding nonvested stock options granted
prior to 1995 has been excluded from the pro forma calculation; accordingly,
the 1996 and 1997 pro forma adjustments are not indicative of future period
pro forma adjustments, when the calculations will apply to all applicable
stock options.
 
  Retirement Savings Plan -- The Company has a retirement savings plan (the
"Plan") which qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Eligible employees may contribute up to 20% of their annual compensation, as
defined by the Plan. Company contributions are fully discretionary, and no
Company contributions have been made to the Plan during any year.
 
  Employee Stock Purchase Plan -- In October 1996, the Company adopted an
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESP Plan"). The ESP Plan allows employees
of the Company to purchase common stock without having to pay any commissions
on the purchases. The maximum amount that any employee can contribute to the
ESP Plan per quarter is $6,250. The total number of shares which are reserved
by the Company for purchase under the ESP Plan is 250,000 of which 231,765
shares remain reserved as of July 31, 1997.
 
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
 
8. INCOME TAXES
 
  The provision for income taxes includes the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEARS ENDED JULY 31,
                                                          ---------------------
                                                           1997    1996   1995
                                                          ------  ------ ------
   <S>                                                    <C>     <C>    <C>
   Current:
    Federal.............................................. $3,693  $1,563 $1,153
    State................................................  1,068     475    315
                                                          ------  ------ ------
                                                           4,761   2,038  1,468
   Deferred:
    Federal..............................................   (196)     32   (227)
    State................................................    (23)     26    (36)
                                                          ------  ------ ------
                                                            (219)     58   (263)
                                                          ------  ------ ------
   Provision for Income Taxes............................ $4,542  $2,096 $1,205
                                                          ======  ====== ======
</TABLE>
 
  A reconciliation of the Company's effective tax rate compared to the
statutory federal tax rate is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDED
                                                                 JULY 31,
                                                              -----------------
                                                              1997  1996   1995
                                                              ----  ----   ----
   <S>                                                        <C>   <C>    <C>
   Income Taxes at Statutory Federal Rate.................... 35.0% 35.0%  35.0%
   State Taxes, net of Federal Benefit.......................  6.0   6.2    6.3
   Tax Exempt Interest Income................................ (2.7) (2.3)    --
   Non-Deductible Goodwill...................................  2.5    --     --
   Other.....................................................  0.5   1.3    0.7
   Benefit of Graduated Rates................................ (0.9) (1.0)  (1.0)
                                                              ----  ----   ----
       Total................................................. 40.4% 39.2%  41.0%
                                                              ====  ====   ====
</TABLE>
 
  The Company provides deferred income taxes for temporary differences between
assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting and income tax
purposes. The income effects of these temporary differences representing
significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   JULY 31,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                1997   1996
                                                                -----  ----
   <S>                                                          <C>    <C>  <C>
   State Income Taxes.......................................... $ 371  $158
   Goodwill....................................................  (149)   --
   Bad Debt Reserve............................................    82    42
   Vacation Accrual............................................   172    16
   Net Operating Losses........................................    53    --
   Change of Accounting from Cash to Accrual Method for
    Acquired Subsidiaries......................................  (679)   --
   Other.......................................................    14    --
                                                                -----  ----
   Total Deferred Tax (Liability) Asset........................ $(136) $216
                                                                =====  ====
</TABLE>
 
  During fiscal 1997, the Company established a net deferred tax liability of
$571,000 in connection with basis differences resulting from several of its
acquisitions (Note 3).
 
  During fiscal 1997, the Company settled an examination by the Internal
Revenue Service for the years ended July 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 for an
immaterial amount.
 
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
               FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
 
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  The Company leases its office facilities, certain equipment and vehicles
under lease agreements classified as operating leases. Future minimum lease
payments under such noncancelable operating leases are summarized as follows
at July 31, 1997 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
         <S>                                                <C>
         1998.............................................. $1,065
         1999..............................................  1,023
         2000..............................................    665
         2001..............................................    408
         2002..............................................    366
         Thereafter........................................    275
                                                            ------
         Total Future Minimum Lease Payments............... $3,802
                                                            ======
</TABLE>
 
  Rent expense amounted to $625,000, $227,000 and $170,000 for the years ended
July 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively, and has been included in selling,
general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated
statements of income.
 
10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  In fiscal 1994, one of the Company's larger clients desired to outsource its
entire information systems department through an employee leasing arrangement.
Because the Company does not provide such employee leasing services and was
unable to provide a comparable employment benefit package to consultants
working for this company, Information Technology Resources, Inc. ("ITR"), was
formed by the founder of the Company and certain other persons, including
certain former employees of ITR's client, with the founder owning
approximately 75.6% of the outstanding capital stock. As a result of this
arrangement, the Company provides certain management services to ITR to
support its operations, for which the Company receives a management fee
pursuant to a management services agreement. Management fees earned by the
Company were $1,035,000, $1,084,000 and $934,000 for the years ended 1997,
1996 and 1995, respectively. ITR also contracts with the Company for technical
consultants to meet its staffing needs. For the year ended July 31, 1997, 1996
and 1995, the Company recorded revenues of $3,460,000, $4,974,000 and
$3,678,000 from billing of ITR technical consultants. Effective August 1, 1997
the management service agreement with ITR has been renegotiated to reflect a
reduction in the management fee.
 
11. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
  The Company's revenues are generated from credit sales to customers located
throughout the United States. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations
of its customers and maintains reserves for potential credit lines and
generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains reserves for
potential credit losses, and such losses have been within management's
expectations. The Company's ten largest customers represented 32.1% of total
revenues in fiscal 1997, and as a result, the Company has a large proportion
of its receivables outstanding with these customers. Accounts receivable from
the Company's ten largest customers was $3,733,000 as of July 31, 1997.
 
  In each of fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company had sales to a major
customer, not necessarily the same customer in each period, of approximately
$5,800,000, $5,794,000 and $6,072,000, respectively. Given the significant
amount of revenues derived from these customers, the loss of any such customer
or the uncollectability of related receivables could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                    YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              ADDITIONS
                                        ---------------------
                         BALANCE AT THE CHARGES TO                        BALANCE AT THE
                          BEGINNING OF  BAD DEBTS  RECOVERIES DEDUCTIONS/   END OF THE
      DESCRIPTION          THE PERIOD    EXPENSE   AND OTHER  WRITE-OFFS      PERIOD
      -----------        -------------- ---------- ---------- ----------- --------------
<S>                      <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
1997
 Allowance For Doubtful
 Accounts..............       $129         $ 99       $110       $(76)         $262
1996
 Allowance For Doubtful
 Accounts..............       $ 63         $105         --       $(39)         $129
1995
 Allowance For Doubtful
 Accounts..............       $ --         $ 97         --       $(34)         $ 63
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-1

<PAGE>
 

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10


                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION

                         EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Page
<S>                                                                     <C>
Article I - Purpose and Effective Date.................................   1

Article II - Definitions...............................................   1
        2.1   Account..................................................   1
        2.2   Board....................................................   1
        2.3   Code.....................................................   1
        2.4   Committee................................................   1
        2.5   Common Stock.............................................   1
        2.6   Company..................................................   1
        2.7   Employee.................................................   1
        2.8   Exchange Act.............................................   2
        2.9   Fair Market Value........................................   2
        2.10  Participant..............................................   2
        2.11  Plan.....................................................   2
        2.12  Purchase Right...........................................   2
        2.13  Purchase Right Period....................................   2
        2.14  Shareholders.............................................   3
        2.15  Subsidiary...............................................   3

Article III - Eligibility and Participation............................   3
        3.1   Eligibility..............................................   3
        3.2   Payroll Withholding......................................   3
        3.3   Limitations..............................................   4
        3.4   Granting of Purchase Rights..............................   4
        3.5   Establishment of Accounts................................   5

Article IV - Purchase Rights...........................................   5
        4.1   Termination of Purchase Rights...........................   5
        4.2   Exercise of Purchase Rights..............................   6
        4.3   Termination Event........................................   6
        4.4   Non-Transferability of Purchase Rights...................   7

Article V - Common Stock...............................................   7
        5.1   Shares Subject to Plan...................................   7
        5.2   Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization................   7

Article VI - Plan Administration.......................................   7
        6.1   Administration...........................................   7
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
        6.2   Indemnification..........................................   8

Article VII - Amendment and Termination................................   8
        7.1   Amendment and Termination................................   8
        7.2   Shareholders Approval....................................   9

Article VIII - Miscellaneous Matters...................................   9
        8.1   Uniform Rights and Privileges............................   9
        8.2   Application of Proceeds..................................   9
        8.3   Notice of Disqualifying Disposition......................   9
        8.4   No Additional Rights.....................................   9
        8.5   Governing Law............................................  10
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

                    DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION

                        EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN



                                  ARTICLE I
                          PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE
 

     The purpose of the Plan is to provide employment incentives for, and to
encourage stock ownership by, Employees of Data Processing Resources Corporation
or any Subsidiary who maintains the Plan in order to increase their proprietary
interest in the success of the Company.

     The effective date of the Plan is October 1, 1996.



                                  ARTICLE II
                                  DEFINITIONS
 
     Whenever capitalized in the text, the following terms shall have the
meanings set forth below.

     2.1  "Account" shall mean the account established pursuant to Section 3.5 
           -------
to hold a Participant's contributions to the Plan.

     2.2  "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of Data Processing 
           -----
Resources Corporation.

     2.3  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from 
           ----
time to time.

     2.4  "Committee" shall mean the Board of Data Processing Resources 
           ---------
Corporation or a committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan.  
The Board may appoint and remove members of the Committee at any time.

     2.5  "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock of Data Processing 
           ------------
Resources Corporation.

     2.6  "Company" shall mean Data Processing Resources Corporation, a 
           -------
California corporation, as well as any Subsidiary whose employees participate 
in the Plan with the consent of the Board.

     2.7  "Employee" shall mean any person who is treated as an employee of 
           --------
the Company for purposes of the Code, including, but not limited to, all
technical consultants who are treated as employees of the Company. This term
does not include members of the Board 
<PAGE>
 
unless they are employed by the Company in a position in addition to their
duties as directors.

     2.8  "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
           ------------
amended.

     2.9  "Fair Market Value" of Common Stock shall be determined in 
           -----------------
accordance with the following rules.

          (a) If the Common Stock is admitted to trading or listed on a national
     securities exchange, Fair Market Value shall be the last reported sale
     price regular way, or if no such reported sale takes place on that day, the
     average of the last reported bid and ask prices regular way, in either case
     on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is
     admitted to trading or listed.

          (b) If not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities
     exchange, Fair Market Value shall be the last sale price on that day of the
     Common Stock reported on the Nasdaq National Market of the Nasdaq Stock
     Market ("Nasdaq National Market") or, if no such reported sale takes place
     on that day, the average of the closing bid and ask prices on that day.

          (c) If not included in the Nasdaq National Market, Fair Market Value
     shall be the average of the closing bid and ask prices of the Common Stock
     on that day reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market, or any comparable system
     on that day.

          (d) If the Common Stock is not included in the Nasdaq Stock Market or
     any comparable system, Fair Market Value shall be the closing bid and ask
     prices on that day as furnished by any member of the National Association
     of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected from time to time by the Company for
     that purpose.

If the markets were closed on the day in question, the Fair Market Value shall
be determined as of the last preceding day on which they were open.

     2.10  "Participant" shall mean an Employee who has been granted a 
            -----------
Purchase Right under the Plan.

     2.11  "Plan" shall mean the Data Processing Resources Corporation 
            ----
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

     2.12  "Purchase Right" shall mean a right to purchase Common Stock 
            --------------
granted pursuant to the Plan.

     2.13  "Purchase Right Period" shall mean the following periods:
            ---------------------

          (a)  February 1 through April 30;

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
          (b)  May 1 through July 31;

          (c)  August 1 through October 31; and

          (d)  November 1 through January 31.

     Notwithstanding the above, the first Purchase Right Period shall commence
     on December 1, 1996 and shall end on January 31, 1997.

     2.14  "Shareholders" shall mean the holders of Common Stock.
            ------------

     2.15  "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) 
            ----------
in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the
corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock
possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all
classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.



                                  ARTICLE 2I
                         ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
 
     3.1  Eligibility.
          -----------

          (a) All Employees who have worked for the Company for six (6) months
     are eligible to participate in the Plan. For this purpose, an employee will
     be considered to have worked for the Company for six (6) months if he or
     she has completed at least twenty-four (24) complete weeks of employment
     with the Company, not necessarily consecutive, in any twenty-six (26) week
     period, aggregating all separate periods of employment in such twenty-six
     (26) week period.

          (b) No Employee may be granted a Purchase Right if the Employee would
     immediately thereafter own, directly or indirectly, five percent (5%) or
     more of the combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the
     Company or of a Subsidiary.  For this purpose, an Employee's ownership
     interest shall be determined in accordance with the constructive ownership
     rules of Code Section 424(d).


     3.2  Payroll Withholding.
          -------------------

          (a) Employees who have satisfied the eligibility conditions of Section
     3.1 above may enroll as Participants by executing prior to the commencement
     of each Purchase Right Period a form provided by the Committee on which
     they designate:

               (i) The dollar amount (not a percentage of compensation) to be
          deducted from their paychecks and contributed to their Accounts for
          the purchase 


                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
          of Common Stock, which shall not be less than twenty dollars ($20) per
          week or eighty dollars ($80) per month; and/or

               (ii) The amount of funds, if any, which they will deposit at the
          beginning of the Purchase Right Period for the purchase of Common
          Stock.

          (b) Once chosen, the rate of contributions for a Purchase Right Period
     cannot be decreased or increased without terminating the Purchase Right.
     However, pursuant to rules and procedures prescribed by the Committee, a
     Participant may make additional contributions to make up any contributions
     that he or she failed to make while on a leave of absence if the
     Participant returns to active employment and contributes those amounts
     before the end of the Purchase Right Period.

     3.3  Limitations.
          -----------

          (a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant may
     not accrue a right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan at a
     rate that exceeds six thousand two hundred fifty dollars ($6,250) per
     Purchase Right Period or twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) per
     calendar year, determined in accordance with Code Section 423(b)(8). No
     proration of the twenty-five thousand dollar ($25,000) amount is required
     if the Plan was not in existence for entire calendar year.

          (b) The twenty-five thousand dollar ($25,000) limitation shall apply
     to the Participant's right to purchase Common Stock under the Plan and
     under all other employee stock purchase plans described in Code Section 423
     that are maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

          (c) These dollar limitations apply to the Fair Market Value of Common
     Stock determined at the time the Purchase Right is granted.

     3.4  Granting of Purchase Rights.
          ---------------------------

          (a) The price at which each share covered by a Purchase Right will be
     purchased will in all instances be the lesser of:

               (i) One hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a
          share of Common Stock on the first day of the applicable Purchase
          Right Period; or

               (ii) Eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a
          share of Common Stock on the last day of that Purchase Right Period.

          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph (a) above, in no event
     will a Participant be entitled to purchase more than ten thousand (10,000)
     shares in a single Purchase Right Period.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
          (c) Any Participant contributions in excess of those needed to
     purchase the maximum number of shares determined under Paragraph (a) above
     will either be applied to the next Purchase Right Period or be refunded,
     pursuant to the rules of Section 4.2(d) below.

     3.5  Establishment of Accounts.
          -------------------------

          (a) All amounts contributed by the Participant to the Plan (whether by
     means of payroll withholding or a lump sum advance contribution) will be
     deposited into a separate Account maintained for the Participant.

          (b) No interest will be earned on those contributions.

          (c) A Participant may not withdraw any amounts from his or her Account
     without terminating his or her Purchase Right pursuant to Section 4.1
     below.

                                  ARTICLE IV
                                PURCHASE RIGHTS
 

     4.1  Termination of Purchase Rights.
          ------------------------------

          (a) A Participant may withdraw from the Plan at any time prior to the
     last day of the Purchase Right Period by submitting written notice to the
     Company.  The Participant's Purchase Right shall terminate upon his or her
     withdrawal from the Plan.

          (b) A Purchase Right shall terminate automatically if the Participant
     holding the Purchase Right:

               (i) Ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason for more
          than ninety (90) days; or

               (ii) Is on a leave of absence in excess of ninety (90) days,
          unless the Participant's rights to reemployment are guaranteed by
          statute or contract.

          (c) Upon the termination of a Purchase Right, all amounts held in the
     Participant's Account shall be refunded to the Participant no later than
     ninety (90) days after the date of termination.

          (d) Notwithstanding the above provisions of this Section 4.1, in the
     event that a Participant ceases making contributions during a Purchase
     Right Period, the Participant may elect to leave his or her prior
     contributions in the Plan to be used to purchase Common Stock at the end of
     the Purchase Right Period. However, in no event can a Participant:

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
               (i) Reduce (but not eliminate) his or her contributions during a
          Purchase Right Period; or

               (ii) Suspend his or her contributions and recommence making them
          in the same Purchase Right Period, unless due to a leave of absence.

     4.2  Exercise of Purchase Rights.
          ---------------------------

          (a) Unless previously terminated, Purchase Rights will be exercised
     automatically on the last day of the Purchase Right Period.

          (b) Except as provided in Section 3.2(b) above, payment for shares to
     be purchased at the termination of the Purchase Right Period may only be
     made from funds:

               (i) Deposited at the beginning of a Purchase Right Period; and/or

               (ii) Accumulated through payroll deductions made during the
          Purchase Right Period.

          (c) If the amount in the Participant's Account at the end of the
     Purchase Right Period is insufficient to purchase all the shares covered by
     the Purchase Right granted to the Participant, those funds will be used to
     purchase as many whole shares as possible.

          (d) If the balance of the Participant's Account on the date of
     purchase exceeds the purchase price of the whole number of shares to be
     acquired, the surplus shall be applied to the next Purchase Right Period,
     unless the Participant elects to receive a refund in accordance with rules
     and procedures prescribed by the Committee.

          (e) The Company, at its option may either (i) issue stock certificates
     to each individual purchaser for the whole number of shares of Common Stock
     or (ii) issue one or more global stock certificates for the aggregate
     number of shares of Common Stock, and maintain records of the amount of
     Common Stock owned by each individual purchaser, as soon as practicable
     following the date of the exercise of the Purchase Right.

     4.3  Termination Event.
          -----------------
     The following provisions of this Section 4.3 shall apply, notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary.

          (a) A "Termination Event" shall be deemed to occur as a result of (i)
     a transaction in which the Company will cease to be an independent
     publicly-owned corporation or (i) a sale or other disposition of all or
     substantially all the assets of the Company.

          (b) All Purchase Rights shall be automatically exercised immediately
     preceding the Termination Event.  In such an event, the Fair Market Value
     of the 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
     Common Stock on that date for purposes of Section 3.4(a)(ii) above shall be
     deemed to be the consideration paid for the Common Stock in the
     transaction.

     4.4  Non-Transferability of Purchase Rights.
          --------------------------------------

          A Purchase Right may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by a
Participant other than by will and the laws of descent and distribution. During
the lifetime of the Participant, the Purchase Right may be exercised only by the
Participant.

                                   ARTICLE V
                                 COMMON STOCK
 

     5.1  Shares Subject to Plan.
          ----------------------

          (a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued
     under the Plan is two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) shares, subject to
     adjustment under Section 5.2 below.

          (b) If any outstanding Purchase Right is terminated for any reason
     prior to its exercise, the shares allocable to the Purchase Right may again
     become subject to purchase under the Plan.

          (c) The Common Stock issuable under the Plan may be previously
     unissued or may have been reacquired by the Company in the open market (or
     otherwise).


     5.2  Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization.
          -----------------------------------------

          A proportionate adjustment shall be made by the Committee in the
number, price, and kind of shares subject to outstanding Purchase Rights if the
outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased, decreased, or exchanged for
different securities, through reorganization, recapitalization,
reclassification, or other similar transaction (not constituting a Termination
Event under Section 4.3 above).


                                  ARTICLE VI
                              PLAN ADMINISTRATION
 

     6.1  Administration.
          --------------

          (a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  The Committee
     shall have the authority to:

               (i)  Interpret the Plan;

               (ii) Prescribe rules and procedures relating to the Plan; and

               (iii)  Take all other actions necessary or appropriate for the

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
          administration of the Plan.

          (b) A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a
     quorum, and any action shall constitute the action of the Committee if it
     is authorized by:

               (i) A majority of the members present at any meeting; or

               (ii) All of the members in writing without a meeting.

          (c) All decisions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all
     Participants.

          (d) No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or
     inaction made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Purchase Right
     granted under it.

     6.2  Indemnification.
          ---------------

          (a) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company shall
     indemnify each member of the Committee and every other member of the Board,
     as well as any other Employee with duties under the Plan, against all
     liabilities and expenses (including any amount paid in settlement or in
     satisfaction of a judgment) reasonably incurred by the individual in
     connection with any claims against the individual by reason of the
     performance of the individual's duties under the Plan.  This indemnity
     shall not apply, however, if:

               (i) It is determined in the action, lawsuit, or proceeding that
          the individual is guilty of gross negligence or intentional misconduct
          in the performance of those duties; or

               (ii) The individual fails to assist the Company in defending
          against any such claim.

          (b) Notwithstanding the above, the Company shall have the right to
     select counsel and to control the prosecution or defense of the suit.
     Furthermore, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any individual
     for any amount incurred through any settlement or compromise of any action
     unless the Company consents in writing to the settlement or compromise.


                                  ARTICLE VII
                           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
 

     7.1  Amendment and Termination.
          -------------------------
          The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time by means of
written action, except with respect to outstanding Purchase Rights.

     7.2  Shareholders Approval.
          ---------------------

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
          (a) No shares of Common Stock shall be issued under the Plan unless
     the Plan is approved by the Shareholders within twelve (12) months before
     or after the date of the adoption of the Plan by the Board.

          (b) If the Plan is not approved by the Shareholders within that time
     period, the Plan and all Purchase Rights issued under the Plan will
     terminate and all contributions will be refunded to the Participants.  The
     approval by the Shareholders must relate to:

               (i) The class of individuals who may be Participants; and

               (ii) The aggregate number of shares to be granted under the Plan.

     If either of those items are changed, the approval of the Shareholders must
     again be obtained.


                                 ARTICLE VIII
                             MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS
 
     8.1  Uniform Rights and Privileges.
          -----------------------------
             The rights and privileges of all Participants under the Plan shall
be the same.

     8.2  Application of Proceeds
          -----------------------
             The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Stock
pursuant to Purchase Rights may be used for any corporate purpose.

     8.3  Notice of Disqualifying Disposition.
          ----------------------------------- 

          A Participant must notify the Company if the Participant disposes of
stock acquired pursuant to the Plan prior to the expiration of the holding
periods required to qualify for long-term capital gains treatment on the sale.

     8.4  No Additional Rights.
          --------------------

          (a) Neither the adoption of this Plan nor the granting of any Purchase
     Right shall:

               (i) Affect or restrict in any way the power of the Company to
          undertake any corporate action otherwise permitted under applicable
          law; or

               (ii) Confer upon any Participant the right to continue to be
          employed by the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with the
          right of the Company to terminate the employment of any Participant at
          any time, with or without cause.

          (b) No Participant shall have any rights as a Shareholder with respect
     to shares covered by a Purchase Right until the time at which the Fair
     Market Value of the Common Stock is determined on last day of the Purchase
     Right Period in which the 

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
     shares were purchased.

          (c) No adjustments will be made for cash dividends or other rights for
     which the record date is prior to the date of the exercise of the Purchase
     Right.

     8.5  Governing Law.
          -------------

          (a) The Plan and all actions taken under it shall be governed by and
     construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

          (b) The provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that
     is consistent with this Plan satisfying the requirements of Code Section
     423.

     To signify its adoption of the Plan, the Company has caused its execution.


                              Data Processing Resources Corporation,
                              a California corporation


                              By: /s/ Michael A. Piraino
                                 ---------------------------------------------

                              Its: Senior Vice President and
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                   Chief Financial Officer
                                   -------------------------------------------

                              Date: September 17, 1997
                                   -------------------------------------------

                                     -10-

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11
 
                         REVOLVING/TERM LOAN AGREEMENT



                        Dated as of September 25, 1997



                                     among



                     DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION



                           THE LENDERS HEREIN NAMED



                                      and



                    WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                            as Administrative Agent
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Article 1    DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS...........................................     1

     1.1     Defined Terms..............................................................     1
     1.2     Use of Defined Terms.......................................................    25
     1.3     Accounting Terms...........................................................    25
     1.4     Rounding...................................................................    25
     1.5     Exhibits and Schedules.....................................................    26
     1.6     References to "Borrower and its Subsidiaries"..............................    26
     1.7     Miscellaneous Terms........................................................    26

Article 2    LOANS......................................................................    27

     2.1     Loans-General..............................................................    27
     2.2     Alternate Base Rate Loans..................................................    28
     2.3     Eurodollar Rate Loans......................................................    28
     2.4     Voluntary Reduction of Commitment..........................................    29
     2.5     Automatic Reduction of Commitment..........................................    29
     2.6     Optional Termination of Commitment.........................................    29
     2.7     Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Funds Available for Advances........    29
     2.8     Term Loan Conversion.......................................................    30
     2.9     Collateral and Guaranty....................................................    30

Article 3    PAYMENTS AND FEES..........................................................    31

     3.1     Principal and Interest.....................................................    31
     3.2     Arrangement Fee............................................................    33
     3.3     Commitment Fee.............................................................    33
     3.4     Agency Fee.................................................................    33
     3.5     Increased Commitment Costs.................................................    33
     3.6     Eurodollar Costs and Related Matters.......................................    34
     3.7     Late Payments..............................................................    38
     3.8     Computation of Interest and Fees...........................................    38
     3.9     Non-Banking Days...........................................................    39
     3.10    Manner and Treatment of Payments...........................................    39
     3.11    Funding Sources............................................................    40
     3.12    Failure to Charge Not Subsequent Waiver....................................    40
     3.13    Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Payments Will be Made...............    40
</TABLE> 

                                      -i-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
     3.14    Fee Determination Detail.....................................................  41
     3.15    Survivability................................................................  41

Article 4    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...............................................  42

     4.1     Existence and Qualification; Power; Compliance With Laws.....................  42
     4.2     Authority; Compliance With Other Agreements and Instruments and
             Government Regulations.......................................................  42
     4.3     No Governmental Approvals Required...........................................  43
     4.4     Subsidiaries.................................................................  43
     4.5     Financial Statements.........................................................  44
     4.6     No Other Liabilities; No Material Adverse Changes............................  44
     4.7     Title to and Location of Property............................................  44
     4.8     Intangible Assets............................................................  45
     4.9     Public Utility Holding Company Act...........................................  45
     4.10    Litigation...................................................................  45
     4.11    Binding Obligations..........................................................  45
     4.12    No Default...................................................................  45
     4.13    ERISA........................................................................  46
     4.14    Regulations G and U; Investment Company Act..................................  46
     4.15    Disclosure...................................................................  46
     4.16    Tax Liability................................................................  47
     4.17    Projections..................................................................  47
     4.18    Hazardous Materials..........................................................  47
     4.19    Security Interests...........................................................  47

Article 5    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS (OTHER THAN INFORMATION AND REPORTING
             REQUIREMENTS)................................................................  49

     5.1     Payment of Taxes and Other Potential Liens...................................  49
     5.2     Preservation of Existence....................................................  49
     5.3     Maintenance of Properties....................................................  49
     5.4     Maintenance of Insurance.....................................................  49
     5.5     Compliance With Laws.........................................................  50
     5.6     Inspection Rights............................................................  50
     5.7     Keeping of Records and Books of Account......................................  50
     5.8     Compliance With Agreements...................................................  50
     5.9     Use of Proceeds..............................................................  50
     5.10    Hazardous Materials Laws.....................................................  50
     5.11    Additional Domestic Subsidiaries.............................................  51
     5.12    Foreign Subsidiaries.........................................................  51
</TABLE>

                                     -ii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
     5.13    Future Real Property.........................................................  51
     5.14    Interest Rate Protection Agreements..........................................  51

Article 6    NEGATIVE COVENANTS...........................................................  52

     6.1     Payment of Subordinated Obligations..........................................  52
     6.2     Disposition of Property......................................................  52
     6.3     Mergers......................................................................  52
     6.4     Hostile Acquisitions.........................................................  53
     6.5     Acquisitions.................................................................  53
     6.6     Distributions................................................................  53
     6.7     ERISA........................................................................  53
     6.8     Change in Nature of Business.................................................  53
     6.9     Liens and Negative Pledges...................................................  54
     6.10    Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations........................................  54
     6.11    Transactions with Affiliates.................................................  55
     6.12    Current Ratio................................................................  56
     6.13    Funded Debt Ratio............................................................  56
     6.14    Minimum Trailing EBITDA......................................................  57
     6.15    Stockholders' Equity.........................................................  57
     6.16    Investments..................................................................  57
     6.17    Subsidiary Indebtedness......................................................  58
     6.18    Amendments to Subordinated Obligations.......................................  58

Article 7    INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.......................................  59

     7.1     Financial and Business Information...........................................  59
     7.2     Compliance Certificates......................................................  62

Article 8    CONDITIONS...................................................................  63

     8.1     Initial Advances.............................................................  63
     8.2     Any Advance..................................................................  65

Article 9    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT.........................  67

     9.1     Events of Default............................................................  67
     9.2     Remedies Upon Event of Default...............................................  69
</TABLE>

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C> 
Article 10   THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.....................................................  72

     10.1    Appointment and Authorization................................................  72
     10.2    Administrative Agent and Affiliates..........................................  72
     10.3    Proportionate Interest in any Collateral.....................................  72
     10.4    Lenders' Credit Decisions....................................................  73
     10.5    Action by Administrative Agent...............................................  73
     10.6    Liability of Administrative Agent............................................  74
     10.7    Indemnification..............................................................  76
     10.8    Successor Administrative Agent...............................................  76
     10.9    No Obligations of Borrower...................................................  77

Article 11   MISCELLANEOUS................................................................  78

     11.1    Cumulative Remedies; No Waiver...............................................  78
     11.2    Amendments; Consents.........................................................  78
     11.3    Costs, Expenses and Taxes....................................................  79
     11.4    Nature of Lenders' Obligations...............................................  80
     11.5    Survival of Representations and Warranties...................................  80
     11.6    Notices......................................................................  80
     11.7    Execution of Loan Documents..................................................  81
     11.8    Binding Effect; Assignment...................................................  81
     11.9    Right of Setoff..............................................................  84
     11.10   Sharing of Setoffs...........................................................  84
     11.11   Indemnity by Borrower........................................................  85
     11.12   Nonliability of the Lenders..................................................  86
     11.13   No Third Parties Benefited...................................................  87
     11.14   Confidentiality..............................................................  87
     11.15   Further Assurances...........................................................  88
     11.16   Integration..................................................................  88
     11.17   Governing Law................................................................  89
     11.18   Severability of Provisions...................................................  89
     11.19   Headings.....................................................................  89
     11.20   Time of the Essence..........................................................  89
     11.21   Foreign Lenders and Participants.............................................  89
     11.22   Hazardous Material Indemnity.................................................  90
     11.23   Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury.............................................  91
     11.24   Purported Oral Amendments....................................................  91
</TABLE>

                                     -iv-
<PAGE>
 
Exhibits
- --------
 
A    -    Commitment Assignment and Acceptance
B    -    Compliance Certificate
C    -    Note
D    -    Opinion of Counsel
E    -    Pledge Agreement
F    -    Pricing Certificate
G    -    Request for Loan
H    -    Security Agreement
I    -    Subsidiary Guaranty

Schedules
- ---------

1.1       Lender Commitments
4.4       Subsidiaries
4.7A      Existing Liens, Negative Pledges and Rights of Others
4.7B      Location of Property
4.10      Material Litigation
4.17      Hazardous Materials Matters
6.10      Existing Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations
6.16      Existing Investments

                                      -v-
<PAGE>
 
                         REVOLVING/TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
                         -----------------------------

                        Dated as of September 25, 1997


          This REVOLVING/TERM LOAN AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into by
and among Data Processing Resources Corporation, a California corporation
("Borrower"), each lender whose name is set forth on the signature pages of this
Agreement and each lender which may hereafter become a party to this Agreement
pursuant to Section 11.8 (collectively, the "Lenders" and individually, a
                    ----                                                 
"Lender"), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.

          In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein
contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

                                   Article 1
                       DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
                       --------------------------------

               1.1  Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following 
                  -------------                                                 
terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

          "Acquisition" means any transaction, or any series of related
           -----------                                                 
     transactions, consummated after the Closing Date, by which Borrower and/or
     any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly (a) acquires any ongoing
     business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person engaged in
     any ongoing business, whether through purchase of assets, merger or
     otherwise, (b) acquires control of securities of a Person engaged in an
     ongoing business representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power
     for the election of directors or other governing position if the business
     affairs of such Person are managed by a board of directors or other
     governing body or (c) acquires control of more than 50% of the ownership
     interest in any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company,
     business trust or other Person engaged in an ongoing business that is not
     managed by a board of directors or other governing body.

          "Administrative Agent" means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
           --------------------                                               
     when acting in its capacity as the Administrative Agent under any of the
     Loan Documents, or any successor Administrative Agent.

          "Administrative Agent's Office" means the Administrative Agent's 
           -----------------------------            
     address as set forth on the signature pages of this Agreement, or such
     other

                                      -1-
<PAGE>
 
     address as the Administrative Agent hereafter may designate by written
     notice to Borrower and the Lenders.

          "Advance" means any advance made or to be made by any Lender to 
           -------            
     Borroweras provided in Article 2, and includes each Alternate Base Rate
                            ---------      --------      
     Advance and Eurodollar Rate Advance.

          "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person which directly
           ---------  
     or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled
     by, such Person. As used in this definition, "control" (and the correlative
     terms, "controlled by" and "under common control with") shall mean
     possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the
     direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of
     securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or
     otherwise); provided that, in any event, any Person that owns, directly or
                 --------                                                      
     indirectly, 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for
     the election of directors or other governing body of a corporation that has
     more than 100 record holders of such securities, or 10% or more of the
     partnership or other ownership interests of any other Person that has more
     than 100 record holders of such interests, will be deemed to be an
     Affiliate of such corporation, partnership or other Person.

          "Agreement" means this Revolving/Term Loan Agreement, either as
           ---------                                                     
     originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented,
     modified, amended, restated or extended.

          "Alternate Base Rate" means, as of any date of determination, the rate
           -------------------                                                  
     per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to
     the higher of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such date and (b) the Federal
         ---------                                                              
     Funds Rate in effect on such date plus  1/2 of 1% (50 basis points).

          "Alternate Base Rate Advance" means an Advance made hereunder and
           ---------------------------                                     
     specified to be an Alternate Base Rate Advance in accordance with Article
                                                                       -------
     2.
     -
      
          "Alternate Base Rate Loan" means a Loan made hereunder and specified
           ------------------------         
     to be an Alternate Base Rate Loan in accordance with Article 2.
                                                          --------- 

          "Amortization Amount" means the result obtained by dividing (a) the
           -------------------                               --------        
     aggregate principal balance outstanding under the Notes on the Revolver
     Termination Date by (b) eight (8).
                      --               

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
          "Amortization Date" means December 31, 2000 and each Quarterly Payment
           -----------------                                                    
     Date thereafter through and including the Maturity Date.

          "Applicable Alternate Base Rate Margin" means, for each Pricing 
           -------------------------------------        
     Period,the interest rate margin set forth below (expressed in basis points
     per annum) opposite the Applicable Pricing Level for that Pricing Period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       Applicable                               
                    Pricing Level            Margin       
                    -------------            ------       
                    <S>                      <C>          
                         I                      0       
                         II                     0       
                         III                    0       
                         IV                    50       
                         V                    100        
</TABLE>

          "Applicable Commitment Fee Rate" means, for each Pricing Period, the
           ------------------------------                                     
     rate set forth below (expressed in basis points per annum) opposite the
     Applicable Pricing Level for that Pricing Period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       Applicable                                            
                    Pricing Level            Commitment Fee          
                    -------------            --------------          
                    <S>                      <C>                     
                         I                       20          
                         II                      20          
                         III                     30          
                         IV                      40          
                         V                       45           
</TABLE>

          "Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin" means, for each Pricing Period, 
           ---------------------------------         
     the interest rate margin set forth below (expressed in basis points per
     annum) opposite the Applicable Pricing Level for that Pricing Period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                      Applicable                               
                    Pricing Level            Margin     
                    -------------            ------     
                    <S>                      <C>        
                         I                     75     
                         II                   100     
                         III                  125     
                         IV                   175     
                         V                    225      
</TABLE>

          "Applicable Pricing Level" means (a) for the Pricing Period commencing
           ------------------------                                             
     on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is six (6) months after the

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
     Closing Date, Pricing Level II and (b) for each subsequent Pricing Period,
     the pricing level set forth below opposite the Funded Debt Ratio as of the
     last day of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended prior to the
     commencement of that Pricing Period:

               Pricing Level       Funded Debt Ratio
               -------------       -----------------
                  I                Less than 1.00 to 1.00
                  II               Equal to or greater than 1.00 to 1.00, but
                                   less than 1.50 to 1.00
                  III              Equal to or greater than 1.50 to 1.00,
                                       but less than 2.00 to 1.00
                  IV               Equal to or greater than 2.00 to 1.00,
                                       but less than 2.50 to 1.00
                  V                Equal to or greater than 2.50 to 1.00;

     provided that (i) in the event that Borrower does not deliver a Pricing
     --------                                                               
     Certificate with respect to any Pricing Period prior to the commencement of
     such Pricing Period, then until (but only until) such Pricing Certificate
     is delivered the Applicable Pricing Level for that Pricing Period shall be
     Pricing Level V and (ii) if any Pricing Certificate is subsequently
     determined to be in error, then any resulting change in the Applicable
     Pricing Level shall be made retroactively to the beginning of the relevant
     Pricing Period.

          "Banking Day" means any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or 
           -----------                      
     Friday, other than a day on which banks are authorized or required to be
             ---------- 
     closed in California.

          "Capital Lease Obligations" means all monetary obligations of a Person
           -------------------------                                            
     under any leasing or similar arrangement which, in accordance with GAAP, is
     classified as a capital lease.

          "Cash" means, when used in connection with any Person, all monetary 
           ----           
     and non-monetary items owned by that Person that are treated as cash in
     accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

          "Cash Equivalents" means the "appropriate investments" subject to the
           ----------------                                                    
     "investment concentration limits" and "maturity limits" set forth in
     Borrower's Investment Policy as adopted by its Board of Directors and in
     effect on the Closing Date.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
          "Cash Income Taxes" means, with respect to any fiscal period, taxes on
           -----------------                                                    
     or measured by the income of Borrower that are paid or currently payable in
     Cash by Borrower during that fiscal period.

          "Cash Interest Expense" means Interest Expense that is paid or 
           ---------------------          
     currently payable in Cash.

          "Certificate" means a certificate signed by a Senior Officer or
           -----------                                                   
     Responsible Official (as applicable) of the Person providing the
     certificate.

          "Change in Control" means (a) any transaction or series of related
           -----------------                                                
     transactions in which any Unrelated Person or two or more Unrelated Persons
     acting in concert acquire beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule
     13d-3(a)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended),
     directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, (b)
     Borrower consolidates with or merges into another Person or conveys,
     transfers or leases its properties and assets substantially as an entirety
     to any Person or any Person consolidates with or merges into Borrower, in
     either event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Common
     Stock is changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property,
     with the effect that any Unrelated Person becomes the beneficial owner,
     directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of Common Stock or that the Persons
     who were the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the transaction
     hold less than 75% of the common stock of the surviving corporation after
     the transaction, (c) during any period of 24 consecutive months,
     individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of
     directors of Borrower (together with any new or replacement directors whose
     election by the board of directors, or whose nomination for election, was
     approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in
     office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose
     election or nomination for reelection was previously so approved) cease for
     any reason to constitute a majority of the directors then in office or (d)
     a "change in control" as defined in any document governing Indebtedness of
     Borrower in excess of $5,000,000 which gives the holders of such
     Indebtedness the right to accelerate or otherwise require payment of such
     Indebtedness prior to the maturity date thereof.  For purposes of the
     foregoing, the term "Unrelated Person" means any Person other than (i) a
                          ----------------                   ----- ----      
     Subsidiary of Borrower, (ii) an employee stock ownership plan or other
     employee benefit plan covering the employees of Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries or (iii) any Person that held Common Stock on the day prior to
     the effective date of Borrower's registration statement under the
     Securities Act of 1933 covering the initial public offering of Common
     Stock.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
          "Closing Date" means the time and Banking Day on which the conditions
           ------------                                                        
     set forth in Section 8.1 are satisfied or waived.  The Administrative Agent
                          ---                                                   
     shall notify Borrower and the Lenders of the date that is the Closing Date.

          "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced
           ----                                                                 
     and as in effect from time to time.

          "Collateral" means all of the collateral covered by the Collateral
           ----------                                                       
     Documents.

          "Collateral Documents" means, collectively, the Security Agreement, 
           --------------------            
     the Pledge Agreement and any other security agreement, pledge agreement,
     deed of trust, mortgage, notice to or acknowledgment of a registrar or
     depositary institution, control agreement or other collateral security
     agreement executed and delivered by Borrower or the Subsidiary Guarantors
     (and executed by any third party whose signature is necessary) to secure
     the Obligations.

          "Commitment" means, subject to Sections 2.4 and 2.5, $60,000,000.  The
           ----------                             ---     ---                   
     respective Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders with respect to the Commitment
     are set forth in Schedule 1.1.
                      ------------ 

          "Commitment Assignment and Acceptance" means a commitment assignment
           ------------------------------------            
     and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit A .
                                                 --------- 

          "Common Stock" means the common stock of Borrower or its successor.
           ------------                                                      

          "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate in the form of Exhibit B,
           ----------------------                                     --------- 
     properly completed and signed by a Senior Officer of Borrower.

          "Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any provision of any
           ----------------------                                               
     outstanding security issued by that Person or of any material agreement,
     instrument or undertaking to which that Person is a party or by which it or
     any of its Property is bound.

          "Current Ratio" means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of
           -------------                                              --------
     (a) the consolidated current assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on
     that date to (b) the sum of (i) the consolidated current liabilities of
               --         ------         
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries on that date plus (ii) to the extent not
                                                ----  
     included under clause (i), the aggregate Indebtedness evidenced by the
     Notes on that date, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP,
     consistently applied.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
          "Debtor Relief Laws" means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of
           ------------------                                                   
     America, as amended from time to time, and all other applicable
     liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement,
     receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws
     from time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.

          "Default" means any event that, with the giving of any applicable 
           -------              
     notice or passage of time specified in Section 9.1, or both, would be an
                                                    ---   
     Event of Default.

          "Default Rate" means the interest rate prescribed in Section 3.7.
           ------------                                                --- 

          "Designated Deposit Account" means a deposit account to be maintained
           --------------------------            
     by Borrower with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or one of its
     Affiliates, as from time to time designated by Borrower by written
     notification to the Administrative Agent.

          "Designated Eurodollar Market" means, with respect to any Eurodollar
           ----------------------------                                       
     Rate Loan, the London Eurodollar Market.

          "Disqualified Stock" means any capital stock, warrants, options or 
           ------------------              
     other rights to acquire capital stock (but excluding any debt security
     which is conver tible, or exchangeable, for capital stock), which, by its
     terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for
     which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or
     is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or
     otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole
     or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date.

          "Disposition" means the sale, transfer or other disposition in any
           -----------                                                      
     single transaction or series of related transactions of any asset, or group
     of related assets, of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) which asset
     or assets constitute a line of business or substantially all the assets of
     Borrower or the Subsidiary or (b) the aggregate amount of the Net Cash
     Sales Proceeds of such assets is more than $100,000, other than (i)
                                                          ----- ----
     inventory or other assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary
     course of business of Borrower or its Subsidiary and (ii) equipment sold or
     otherwise disposed of where substantially similar equipment in replacement
     thereof has theretofore been acquired, or thereafter within 90 days is
     acquired, by Borrower or its Subsidiary.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
          "Distribution" means, with respect to any shares of capital stock or 
           ------------                    
     any warrant or option to purchase an equity security or other equity
     security issued by a Person, (a) the retirement, redemption, purchase or
     other acquisition for Cash or for Property by such Person of any such
     security, (b) the declaration or (without duplication) payment by such
     Person of any dividend in Cash or in Property on or with respect to any
     such security, (c) any Investment by such Person in the holder of 5% or
     more of any such security if a purpose of such Investment is to avoid
     characterization of the transaction as a Distribution and (d) any other
     payment in Cash or Property by such Person constituting a distribution
     under applicable Laws with respect to such security.

          "Dollars" or "$" means United States of America dollars.
           -------      -                                         

          "Domestic Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a
           -------------------                                              
     Foreign Subsidiary.

          "EBITDA" means, with respect to any fiscal period, the sum of (a) Net
           ------                                                --- --        
     Income for that period, plus (b) any non-operating non-recurring loss
                             ----                                         
     reflected in such Net Income, minus (c) any non-operating non-recurring
                                   -----                                    
     gain reflected in such Net Income, plus (d) Interest Expense of Borrower
                                        ----                                 
     and its Subsidiaries for that period, plus (e) the aggregate amount of
                                           ----                            
     federal and state taxes on or measured by income of Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries for that period (whether or not payable during that period),
     plus (f) depreciation, amortization and all other non-cash expenses of
     ----                                                                  
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries for that period, in each case as determined
     in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

          "Eligible Assignee" means (a) another Lender, (b) with respect to any
           -----------------                                                   
     Lender, any Affiliate of that Lender, (c) any commercial bank having total
     assets of $10,000,000,000 or more, (d) any (i) savings bank, savings and
     loan association or similar financial institution or (ii) insurance company
     engaged in the business of writing insurance which, in either case (A) has
     total assets of $10,000,000,000 or more, (B) is engaged in the business of
     lending money and extending credit under credit facilities substantially
     similar to those extended under this Agreement and (C) is operationally and
     procedurally able to meet the obligations of a Lender hereunder to the same
     degree as a commercial bank and (e) any other financial institution
     (including a mutual fund or other fund) having total assets of 
      ---------                 
     $10,000,000,000 or more which meets the requirements set forth in
     subclauses (B) and (C) of clause (d) above; provided that each Eligible
                                                 -------- 
     Assignee must either (aa) be organized under the Laws of the United States
     of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia or (bb) be
     organized under the Laws of the Cayman Islands or any country which is a
     member of the

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
     Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, or a political
     subdivision of such a country, and (i) act hereunder through a branch,
     agency or funding office located in the United States of America and (ii)
     be exempt from withholding of tax on interest and deliver the documents
     related thereto pursuant to Section 11.21.
                                         -----

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and
           -----                                                                
     any regulations issued pursuant thereto, as amended or replaced and as in
     effect from time to time.

          "ERISA Affiliate" means each Person (whether or not incorporated) 
           ---------------        
     which is required to be aggregated with Borrower pursuant to Section 414 of
     the Code.

          "Eurodollar Banking Day" means any Banking Day on which dealings in
           ----------------------                                            
     Dollar deposits are conducted by and among banks in the Designated
     Eurodollar Market.

          "Eurodollar Lending Office" means, as to each Lender, its office or
           -------------------------                                         
     branch so designated by written notice to Borrower and the Administrative
     Agent as its Eurodollar Lending Office.  If no Eurodollar Lending Office is
     designated by a Lender, its Eurodollar Lending Office shall be its office
     at its address for purposes of notices hereunder.

          "Eurodollar Market" means a regular established market located outside
           -----------------                                                    
     the United States of America by and among banks for the solicitation, offer
     and acceptance of Dollar deposits in such banks.

          "Eurodollar Obligations" means eurocurrency liabilities, as defined in
           ----------------------                                               
     Regulation D or any comparable regulation of any Governmental Agency having
     jurisdiction over any Lender.

          "Eurodollar Period" means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period
           -----------------                                                    
     commencing on the date specified by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b) and
                                                                      ------    
     ending 1, 2, 3 or 6 months (or, with the written consent of all of the
     Lenders, any other period) thereafter, as specified by Borrower in the
     applicable Request for Loan; provided that:
                                  --------      

               (a)  The first day of any Eurodollar Period shall be a Eurodollar
          Banking Day;

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
               (b) Any Eurodollar Period that would otherwise end on a day that
          is not a Eurodollar Banking Day shall be extended to the immediately
          succeeding Eurodollar Banking Day unless such Eurodollar Banking Day
          falls in another calendar month, in which case such Eurodollar Period
          shall end on the immediately preceding Eurodollar Banking Day;

               (c)  Borrower may not specify a Eurodollar Period that extends
          beyond the next  Amortization Date unless the aggregate principal
          amount of the Eurodollar Loans having a Eurodollar Period ending after
          such Amortization Date does not exceed the Commitment (after giving
          effect to any reduction thereto scheduled to be made on such
          Amortization Date pursuant to Section 2.5); and
                                                ---      

               (d)  No Eurodollar Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

          "Eurodollar Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the
           ---------------                                                      
     average of the interest rates per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to
     the next 1/16 of 1%) at which deposits in Dollars are offered to the
     Administrative Agent in the Designated Eurodollar Market at or about 11:00
     a.m. local time in the Designated Eurodollar Market, two (2) Eurodollar
     Banking Days before the first day of the applicable Eurodollar Period in an
     aggregate amount approximately equal to the amount of the Advance to be
     made by the Administrative Agent with respect to such Eurodollar Rate Loan
     and for a period of time comparable to the number of days in the applicable
     Eurodollar Period.

          "Eurodollar Rate Advance" means an Advance made hereunder and 
           -----------------------          
     specified to be a Eurodollar Rate Advance in accordance with Article 2.
                                                                  --------- 

          "Eurodollar Rate Loan" means a Loan made hereunder and specified to 
           --------------------       
     be a Eurodollar Rate Loan in accordance with Article 2.
                                                  --------- 

          "Event of Default" shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.1.
           ----------------                                             --- 

          "Federal Funds Rate" means, as of any date of determination, the rate
           ------------------                                                  
     set forth in the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any
     successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Board (including
     any such successor, "H.15(519)") for such date opposite the caption
     "Federal Funds (Effective)".  If for any relevant date such rate is not yet
     published in H.15(519), 

                                     -10-
<PAGE>
 
     the rate for such date will be the rate set forth in the daily statistical
     release designated as the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S.
     Government Securities, or any successor publication, published by the
     Federal Reserve Lender of New York (including any such successor, the
     "Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotation") for such date under the caption "Federal
     Funds Effective Rate". If on any relevant date the appropriate rate for
     such date is not yet published in either H.15(519) or the Composite 3:30
     p.m. Quotations, the rate for such date will be the arithmetic mean of the
     rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to
     9:00 a.m. (New York City time) on that date by each of three leading
     brokers of Federal funds transactions in New York City selected by the
     Administrative Agent. For purposes of this Agreement, any change in the
     Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Federal Funds Rate shall be
     effective as of the opening of business on the effective date of such
     change.

        "Fiscal Quarter" means the fiscal quarter of Borrower ending on each
         --------------                                                     
     October 31, January 31, April 30 and July 31.

        "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of Borrower ending on each July 31.
         -----------                                                           

        "Foreign Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of Borrower that (a) is
         ------------------                                            
     organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of
                                                ----------                     
     America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (b) conducts all
     or substantially all of its business outside the United States of America.

        "Funded Debt Ratio" means, as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter,
         -----------------                                                   
     the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) all Indebtedness of Borrower and its
         --------         ------                                         
     Subsidiaries on that date other than Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes
                               ----------                                    
     plus (ii) the average daily balance of Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes
     ----                                                                      
     for the period consisting of the four (4) Fiscal Quarters ended on that
     date (or, if such period extends prior to the Closing Date, for the period
     commencing on the Closing Date and ended on that date) to (b) EBITDA for
                                                            --     
     the fiscal period consisting of the four (4) Fiscal Quarters ended on that
     date.

        "GAAP" means, as of any date of determination, accounting principles (a)
         ----                                                                   
     set forth as generally accepted in then currently effective Opinions of the
     Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
     Accountants, (b) set forth as generally accepted in then currently
     effective Statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or (c)
     that are then approved by such other entity as may be approved by a
     significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States of
     America.  The term 


                                     -11-
<PAGE>
 
     "consistently applied," as used in connection therewith,
      --------------------                                   
     means that the accounting principles applied are consistent in all material
     respects with those applied at prior dates or for prior periods.

        "Government Securities" means readily marketable (a) direct full faith
         ---------------------                                                
     and credit obligations of the United States of America or obligations
     guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America and
     (b) obligations of an agency or instrumentality of, or corporation owned,
     controlled or sponsored by, the United States of America that are generally
     considered in the securities industry to be implicit obligations of the
     United States of America.

        "Governmental Agency" means (a) any international, foreign, federal,
         -------------------                                                
     state, county or municipal government, or political subdivision thereof,
     (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board,
     bureau, commission, department, instrumentality or public body or (c) any
     court or administrative tribunal of competent jurisdiction.

        "Guaranty Obligation" means, as to any Person, any (a) guarantee by that
         -------------------                                                    
     Person of Indebtedness of, or other obligation performable by, any other
     Person or (b) assurance given by that Person to an obligee of any other
     Person with respect to the performance of an obligation by, or the
     financial condition of, such other Person, whether direct, indirect or
     contingent, including any purchase or repurchase agreement covering such
                 ---------                                                   
     obligation or any collateral security therefor, any agreement to provide
     funds (by means of loans, capital contributions or otherwise) to such other
     Person, any agreement to support the solvency or level of any balance sheet
     item of such other Person or any "keep-well" or other arrangement of
     whatever nature given for the purpose of assuring or holding harmless such
     obligee against loss with respect to any obligation of such other Person;
     provided, however, that the term Guaranty Obligation shall not include
     --------  -------
     endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary
     course of business. The amount of any Guaranty Obligation in respect of
     Indebtedness shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or
     determinable amount of the related Indebtedness (unless the Guaranty
     Obligation is limited by its terms to a lesser amount, in which case to
     the extent of such amount) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum
     reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the
     Person in good faith. The amount of any other Guaranty Obligation shall be
     deemed to be zero unless and until the amount thereof has been (or in
     accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 5
     should be) quantified and reflected or disclosed in the consolidated
     financial statements (or notes thereto) of Borrower.

                                     -12-
<PAGE>
 
        "Hazardous Materials" means substances defined as "hazardous substances"
         -------------------                                                    
     pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
     Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. (S) 9601 et seq., or as "hazardous",
     "toxic" or "pollutant" substances or as "solid waste" pursuant to the
     Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. (S) 1801, et seq., the
     Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. (S) 6901, et seq., or as
     "friable asbestos" pursuant to the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C.
     (S) 2601 et seq. or any other applicable Hazardous Materials Law, in each
     case as such Laws are amended from time to time.

        "Hazardous Materials Laws" means all Laws governing the treatment,
         ------------------------                                         
     transportation or disposal of Hazardous Materials applicable to any of the
     Real Property.

        "Indebtedness" means, as to any Person (without duplication), (a)
         ------------                                                    
     indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
     price of Property (excluding trade and other accounts payable in the
                        ---------                                        
     ordinary course of business in accordance with ordinary trade terms),
     including any Guaranty Obligation for any such indebtedness, (b)
     ---------                                                       
     indebtedness of such Person of the nature described in clause (a) that is
                                                                    -         
     non-recourse to the credit of such Person but is secured by assets of such
     Person, to the extent of the fair market value of such assets as determined
     in good faith by such Person, (c) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person,
     (d) indebtedness of such Person arising under bankers' acceptance
     facilities or under facilities for the discount of accounts receivable of
     such Person, (e) any direct or contingent obligations of such Person under
     letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and (f) any net
     obligations of such Person under Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

        "Intangible Assets" means assets that are considered intangible assets
         -----------------                                                    
     under GAAP, including customer lists, goodwill, covenants not to compete,
                 ---------                                                    
     copyrights, trade names, trademarks and patents.

        "Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person and as of the last
         ----------------                                                      
     day of any fiscal period, the sum of (a) all interest, fees, charges and
                                   ------                                    
     related expenses paid or payable (without duplication) for that fiscal
     period by that Person to a lender in connection with borrowed money
     (including any obligations for fees, charges and related expenses payable
      ---------                                                               
     to the issuer of any letter of credit) or the deferred purchase price of
     assets that are considered "interest expense" under GAAP plus (b) the
                                                              ----        
     portion of rent paid or payable (without duplication) for that fiscal
     period by that Person under Capital Lease 

                                     -13-
<PAGE>
 
     Obligations that should be treated as interest in accordance with Financial
     Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 13.

        "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means a written agreement between
         ----------------------------------                                   
     Borrower and one or more financial institutions providing for "swap",
     "cap", "collar" or other interest rate protection with respect to any
     Indebtedness.

        "Investment" means, when used in connection with any Person, any
         ----------                                                     
     investment by or of that Person, whether by means of purchase or other
     acquisition of stock or other securities of any other Person or by means of
     a loan, advance creating a debt, capital contribution, guaranty or other
     debt or equity participation or interest in any other Person, including any
                                                                   ---------    
     partnership and joint venture interests of such Person.  The amount of any
     Investment shall be the amount actually invested (minus any return of
                                                       -----              
     capital with respect to such Investment which has actually been received in
     Cash or has been converted into Cash), without adjustment for subsequent
     increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

        "Laws" means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state
         ----                                                                 
     and local statutes, treaties, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and
     administrative or judicial precedents.

        "Lender" means each lender whose name is set forth in the signature
         ------                                                            
     pages of this Agreement and each lender which may hereafter become a party
     to this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.8.
                                           ---- 

        "Lien" means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation,
         ----                                                           
     assignment for security, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of
     any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of Law or
     otherwise, affecting any Property, including any conditional sale or other
                                        ---------                              
     title retention agreement, any lease in the nature of a security interest,
     and/or the filing of any financing statement (other than a precautionary
                                                   ----- ----                
     financing statement with respect to a lease that is not in the nature of a
     security interest) under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable Law of
     any jurisdiction with respect to any Property.

        "Loan" means the aggregate of the Advances made at any one time by the
         ----                                                                 
     Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.
                                 --- 

        "Loan Documents" means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the
         --------------                                                     
     Collateral Documents, any Secured Interest Rate Protection Agreement and
     any 

                                     -14-
<PAGE>
 
     other agreements of any type or nature hereafter executed and delivered
     by Borrower to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender in any way
     relating to or in furtherance of this Agreement, in each case either as
     originally executed or as the same may from time to time be supplemented,
     modified, amended, restated, extended or supplanted.

        "Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as such term is defined in
         ------------                                                 
     Regulation G or U.

        "Material Adverse Effect" means any set of circumstances or events which
         -----------------------                                                
     (a) has had or could reasonably be expected to have any material adverse
     effect whatsoever upon the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document,
     (b) has been or could reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to
     the business or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (c) has materially impaired or could
     reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of Borrower to
     perform the Obligations.

        "Maturity Date" means September 30, 2002.
         -------------                           

        "Monthly Payment Date" means the last day of each calendar month.
         --------------------                                            

        "Multiemployer Plan" means any employee benefit plan of the type
         ------------------                                             
     described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which Borrower or any of its
     ERISA Affiliates contributes or is obligated to contribute.

        "Negative Pledge" means a Contractual Obligation which contains a
         ---------------                                                 
     covenant binding on Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that prohibits
     Liens on any of its Property, other than (a) any such covenant contained in
                                   ----- ----
     a Contractual Obligation granting or relating to a particular Lien which
     affects only the Property that is the subject of such Lien and (b) any such
     covenant that does not apply to Liens securing the Obligations.

        "Net Cash Issuance Proceeds" means, with respect to the issuance of any
         --------------------------                                            
     debt security or equity security by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
     the Cash proceeds received by or for the account of Borrower or such
     Subsidiary in consideration of such issuance net of (a) underwriting
                                                  --- --                 
     discounts and commissions actually paid to any Person not an Affiliate of
     Borrower and (b) professional fees and disbursements actually paid in
     connection therewith.

        "Net Cash Sales Proceeds" means, with respect to any Disposition, the
         -----------------------                                             
     sum of (a) the Cash proceeds received by or for the account of Borrower and
     ------                                                                     
     its 

                                     -15-
<PAGE>
 
     Subsidiaries from such Disposition plus (b) the amount of Cash received
                                            ----                                
     by or for the account of Borrower and its Subsidiaries upon the sale,
     collection or other liquidation of any proceeds that are not Cash from such
     Disposition, in each case net of (i) any amount required to be paid to any
                               ------                                          
     Person owning an interest in the assets disposed of, (ii) any amount
     applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted under
     Section 6.9 on the asset disposed of, (iii) any transfer, income or other
             ---                                                              
     taxes payable as a result of such Disposition, (iv) professional fees and
     expenses, fees due to any Governmental Agency, broker's commissions and
     other out-of-pocket costs of sale actually paid to any Person that is not
     an Affiliate of Borrower attributable to such Disposition and (v) any
     reserves established in accordance with GAAP in connection with such
     Disposition.

        "Net Income" means, with respect to any fiscal period, the consolidated
         ----------                                                            
     net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for that period, determined in
     accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

        "Note" means any of the promissory notes made by Borrower to a Lender
         ----                                                                
     evidencing Advances under that Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Commitment,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit C, either as originally executed or as
                                  ---------                                     
     the same may from time to time be supplemented, modified, amended, renewed,
     extended or supplanted.

        "Obligations" means all present and future obligations of every kind or
         -----------                                                           
     nature of Borrower at any time and from time to time owed to the
     Administrative Agent or the Lenders or any one or more of them, under any
     one or more of the Loan Documents, whether due or to become due, matured or
     unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, or contingent or noncontingent,
     including obligations of performance as well as obligations of payment, and
     ---------                                                                  
     including interest that accrues after the commencement of any proceeding
     ---------                                                               
     under any Debtor Relief Law by or against Borrower.

        "Opinion of Counsel" means the favorable written legal opinion of
         ------------------                                              
     Riordan & McKinzie, special counsel to Borrower, substantially in the form
     of Exhibit D, together with copies of all factual certificates and legal
        ---------                                                            
     opinions delivered to such counsel in connection with such opinion upon
     which such counsel has relied.

        "Party" means any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the
         -----                                                              
     Lenders, which now or hereafter is a party to any of the Loan Documents.

                                     -16-
<PAGE>
 
        "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor
         ----                                                                 
     thereof established under ERISA.

        "Pension Plan" means any "employee pension benefit plan" (as such term
         ------------                                                         
     is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan,
                                           ----- ----                      
     which is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is maintained by Borrower or to
     which Borrower contributes or has an obligation to contribute.

        "Permitted Acquisition" means an Acquisition by Borrower or one of its
         ---------------------                                                
     Subsidiaries (a) of  a Person engaged in the same or a closely-related line
     of business as Borrower and (b) that, taken together with all transactions
     related thereto, does not involve (i) Cash payments by Borrower or any of
     its Subsidiaries (other than for customary transactional expenses) in
                       ----------                                         
     excess of $15,000,000 or (ii) total payments (including Cash, Seller
                                                   ---------             
     Subordinated Notes, capital stock and other Property) by Borrower or any of
     its Subsidiaries (other than for customary transactional expenses) in
                       ----- ----                                         
     excess of $20,000,000; provided that (A) the amount of the payments
                            --------                                    
     described in clauses (b)(i) and (b)(ii) above shall include Borrower's best
                           -  -       -  --                                     
     estimate at the time of the Permitted Acquisition of future potential or
     contingent payments, which estimate shall remain applicable notwithstanding
     actual payments in excess of such best estimate and (B) all Cash payments
     or prepayments payable under any Seller Subordinated Note during the
     eighteen (18) months immediately following the Permitted Acquisition shall
     be treated as Cash for purposes of clause (b)(i).
                                                -  -  

        "Permitted Encumbrances" means:
         ----------------------        

             (a) Inchoate Liens incident to construction on or maintenance of
          Property; or Liens incident to construction on or maintenance of
          Property now or hereafter filed of record for which adequate reserves
          have been set aside (or deposits made pursuant to applicable Law) and
          which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
          have not proceeded to judgment, provided that, by reason of nonpayment
                                          --------                              
          of the obligations secured by such Liens, no such Property is subject
          to a material impending risk of loss or forfeiture;

             (b) Liens for taxes and assessments on Property which are not yet
          past due; or Liens for taxes and assessments on Property for which
          adequate reserves have been set aside and are being contested in good
          faith by appropriate proceedings and have not proceeded to judgment,
          provided that, by reason of nonpayment of the obligations secured by
          --------                                                            

                                     -17-
<PAGE>
 
          such Liens, no such Property is subject to a material impending risk
          of loss or forfeiture;

             (c) defects and irregularities in title to any Property which in
          the aggregate do not materially impair the fair market value or use of
          the Property for the purposes for which it is or may reasonably be
          expected to be held;

             (d) easements, exceptions, reservations, or other agreements for
          the purpose of pipelines, conduits, cables, wire communication lines,
          power lines and substations, streets, trails, walkways, drainage,
          irrigation, water, and sewerage purposes, dikes, canals, ditches, the
          removal of oil, gas, coal, or other minerals, and other like purposes
          affecting Property which in the aggregate do not materially burden or
          impair the fair market value or use of such Property for the purposes
          for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be held;

             (e) easements, exceptions, reservations, or other agreements for
          the purpose of facilitating the joint or common use of Property in or
          adjacent to a shopping center or similar project affecting Property
          which in the aggregate do not materially burden or impair the fair
          market value or use of such Property for the purposes for which it is
          or may reasonably be expected to be held;

             (f) rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Agency to
          control or regulate, or obligations or duties to any Governmental
          Agency with respect to, the use of any Property;

             (g) rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Agency to
          control or regulate, or obligations or duties to any Governmental
          Agency with respect to, any right, power, franchise, grant, license,
          or permit;

             (h) present or future zoning laws and ordinances or other laws and
          ordinances restricting the occupancy, use, or enjoyment of Property;

             (i) statutory Liens, other than those described in clauses (a) or
                                                                         -    
          (b) above, arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to
          --                                                                   
          obligations which are not delinquent or are being contested in good
          faith, provided that, if delinquent, adequate reserves have been set
                 --------                                                     
          aside with 

                                     -18-
<PAGE>
 
          respect thereto and, by reason of nonpayment, no Property
          is subject to a material impending risk of loss or forfeiture;

             (j) covenants, conditions, and restrictions affecting the use of
          Property which in the aggregate do not materially impair the fair
          market value or use of the Property for the purposes for which it is
          or may reasonably be expected to be held;

             (k) rights of tenants under leases and rental agreements covering
          Property entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Person
          owning such Property;

             (l) Liens consisting of pledges or deposits to secure obligations
          under workers' compensation laws or similar legislation, including
          Liens of judgments thereunder which are not currently dischargeable;

             (m) Liens consisting of pledges or deposits of Property to secure
          performance in connection with operating leases made in the ordinary
          course of business, provided the aggregate value of all such pledges
                              --------                                        
          and deposits in connection with any such lease does not at any time
          exceed 20% of the annual fixed rentals payable under such lease;

             (n) Liens consisting of deposits of Property to secure bids made
          with respect to, or performance of, contracts (other than contracts
                                                         ----- ----          
          creating or evidencing an extension of credit to the depositor);

             (o) Liens consisting of any right of offset, or statutory bankers'
          lien, on bank deposit accounts maintained in the ordinary course of
          business so long as such bank deposit accounts are not established or
          maintained for the purpose of providing such right of offset or
          bankers' lien;

             (p) Liens consisting of deposits of Property to secure statutory
          obligations of Borrower;

             (q) Liens consisting of deposits of Property to secure (or in lieu
          of) surety, appeal or customs bonds;

             (r) Liens created by or resulting from any litigation or legal
          proceeding in the ordinary course of business which is currently being
          
                                     -19-
<PAGE>
 
          contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that,
                                                              --------      
          adequate reserves have been set aside and no material Property is
          subject to a material impending risk of loss or forfeiture; and

             (s) other non-consensual Liens incurred in the ordinary course of
          business but not in connection with the incurrence of any
          Indebtedness, which do not in the aggregate, when taken together with
          all other Liens, materially impair the fair market value or use of the
          Property for the purposes for which it is or may reasonably be
          expected to be held.

          "Permitted Right of Others" means a Right of Others consisting of (a)
           -------------------------
an interest (other than a legal or equitable co-ownership interest, an option
             ----- ----                                                      
or right to acquire a legal or equitable co-ownership interest and any interest
of a ground lessor under a ground lease), that does not materially impair the
fair market value or use of Property for the purposes for which it is or may
reasonably be expected to be held, (b) an option or right to acquire a Lien that
would be a Permitted Encumbrance, (c) the subordination of a lease or sublease
in favor of a financing entity and (d) a license, or similar right, of or to
Intangible Assets granted in the ordinary course of business.

          "Person" means any individual or entity, including a trustee,
           ------                                  ---------           
corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited
partnership, joint stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization,
business association, firm, joint venture, Governmental Agency, or other entity.

          "Pledge Agreement" means the pledge agreement to be executed and
           ----------------                                               
delivered pursuant to Article 8 by Borrower in the form of Exhibit E,
                      ---------                            --------- 
either as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented,
modified, amended, extended or supplanted.

          "Pledged Collateral" means the certificates evidencing (a) all of the
           ------------------                                                  
shares of capital stock and other equity interests held by Borrower in all
Domestic Subsidiaries and (b) sixty-five percent (65%) of the shares of capital
stock and other equity interests held by Borrower in all Foreign Subsidiaries.

          "Pricing Certificate" means a certificate in the form of Exhibit F,
           -------------------                                     --------- 
properly completed and signed by a Senior Officer of Borrower.

          "Pricing Period" means (a) the period commencing on the Closing Date
           --------------         
and ending on the date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date, (b) the

                                     -20-
<PAGE>
 
     period commencing on the date that is immediately after the date that is
     six (6) months after the Closing Date and ending on June 15, 1998, (c) the
     period commencing on June 16, 1998, and each subsequent June 16, and ending
     on the next following September 15, (d) the period commencing on September
     16, 1998, and each subsequent September 16, and ending on the next
     following December 15, (e) the period commencing on December 16, 1998, and
     each subsequent December 16, and ending on the next following March 15 and
     (f) the period commencing on March 15, 1999, and each subsequent March 15,
     and ending on the next following June 16.

        "Prime Rate" means the rate of interest publicly announced from time to
         ----------                                                            
     time by the Administrative Agent in San Francisco, California (or other
     headquarters city of the Administrative Agent), as its "prime rate."  The
     "prime rate" is one of several base rates used by the Administrative Agent
     and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are
     calculated for loans and other credits making reference thereto.  The
     "prime rate" is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement
     in such internal publication or publications as the Administrative Agent
     may designate.  Any change in the Prime Rate announced by the
     Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the
     day specified in the public announcement of such change.

        "Prior Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
         ----------------------                                                 
     October 25, 1996 between Borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, National
     Association.

        "Projections" means the projected financial information dated August 14,
         -----------                                                            
     1997 prepared by Borrower and contained in the Confidential Offering
     Memorandum dated August 1997 furnished to the Lenders.

        "Property" means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether
         --------                                                              
     real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

        "Pro Rata Share" means, with respect to each Lender, the percentage of
         --------------                                                       
     the Commitment set forth opposite the name of that Lender on Schedule 1.1,
                                                                  ------------ 
     as such percentage may be increased or decreased pursuant to a Commitment
     Assignment and Acceptance executed in accordance with Section 11.8.
                                                                   ---- 

        "Quarterly Payment Date" means each September 30, December 31, March 31
         ----------------------                                                
     and June 30.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 
        "Real Property" means, as of any date of determination, all real
         -------------                                                  
     property then or theretofore owned, leased or occupied by any of Borrower.

        "Regulation D" means Regulation D, as at any time amended, of the Board
         ------------                                                          
     of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any other regulation in
     substance substituted therefor.

        "Regulations G and U" means Regulations G and U, as at any time amended,
         -------------------                                                    
     of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any other
     regulations in substance substituted therefor.

        "Request for Loan" means a written request for a Loan substantially in
         ----------------                                                     
     the form of Exhibit G, signed by a Responsible Official of Borrower, on
                 ---------                                                  
     behalf of Borrower, and properly completed to provide all information
     required to be included therein.

        "Requirement of Law" means, as to any Person, the articles or
         ------------------                                          
     certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or
     governing documents of such Person, and any Law, or judgment, award,
     decree, writ or determination of a Governmental Agency, in each case
     applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to
     which such Person or any of its Property is subject.

        "Requisite Lenders" means (a) as of any date of determination if the
         -----------------                                                  
     Commitment is then in effect, Lenders having in the aggregate 66-2/3% or
     more of the Commitment then in effect and (b) as of any date of
     determination if the Commitment has then been suspended or terminated and
     there is then any Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, Lenders holding
     Notes evidencing in the aggregate 66-2/3% or more of the aggregate
     Indebtedness then evidenced by the Notes.

        "Responsible Official" means (a) any Senior Officer of Borrower and (b)
         --------------------                                                  
     any other responsible official of Borrower so designated in a written
     notice thereof from a Senior Officer to the Administrative Agent.  The
     Lenders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any document or
     certificate that is signed or executed by a Responsible Official of
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as having been authorized by all
     necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of
     Borrower or such Subsidiary.

        "Revolver Termination Date" means September 30, 2000.
         -------------------------                           

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
        "Right of Others" means, as to any Property in which a Person has an
         ---------------                                                    
     interest, any legal or equitable right, title or other interest (other than
     a Lien) held by any other Person in that Property, and any option or right
     held by any other Person to acquire any such right, title or other interest
     in that Property, including any option or right to acquire a Lien;
                       ---------                                       
     provided, however, that (a) no covenant restricting the use or disposition
     --------                                                                  
     of Property of such Person contained in any Contractual Obligation of such
     Person and (b) no provision contained in a contract creating a right of
     payment or performance in favor of a Person that conditions, limits,
     restricts, diminishes, transfers or terminates such right shall be deemed
     to constitute a Right of Others.

        "Secured Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means an Interest Rate
         ------------------------------------------                        
     Protection Agreement between Borrower and a Lender (or an Affiliate of a
     Lender).

        "Security Agreement" means the security agreement to be executed and
         ------------------                                                 
     delivered pursuant to Article 8 by Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors,
                           ---------                                           
     in the form of Exhibit H, either as originally executed or as it may from
                    ---------
     time to time be supplemented, modified, amended, extended or supplanted.

        "Seller Subordinated Notes" means promissory notes of Borrower payable
         -------------------------                                            
     to the sellers of a business issued in connection with a Permitted
     Acquisition that meet the requirements of subclauses (ii) through (vi) of
                                                           --           --    
     clause (b) of the definition of Subordinated Obligations.
             -                                                

        "Senior Officer" means (a) the chief executive officer, (b) the
         --------------                                                
     president, (c) any executive vice president, (d) the chief financial
     officer or (e) the treasurer, in each case of Borrower.

        "Special Eurodollar Circumstance" means the application or adoption
         -------------------------------                                   
     after the Closing Date of any Law or interpretation, or any change therein
     or thereof, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof
     by any Governmental Agency, central bank or comparable authority charged
     with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any
     Lender or its Eurodollar Lending Office with any request or directive
     (whether or not having the force of Law) of any such Governmental Agency,
     central bank or comparable authority.

        "Stockholders' Equity" means, as of any date of determination and with
         --------------------                                                 
     respect to any Person, the consolidated stockholders' equity of the Person
     as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that there
                                                         --------           
     shall be 

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
 
     excluded from Stockholders' Equity any amount attributable to
     Disqualified Stock.

        "Subordinated Obligations" means (a) any Seller Subordinated Notes and
         ------------------------                                             
     (b) any other Indebtedness of Borrower that (i) does not have any scheduled
     principal payment, mandatory principal prepayment or sinking fund payment
     due prior to September 30, 2003, (ii) is not secured by any Lien on any
     Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) is not guarantied by
     any Subsidiary of Borrower, (iv) is subordinated by its terms in right of
     payment to the Obligations pursuant to provisions acceptable to the
     Requisite Lenders, (v) is subject to such financial and other covenants and
     events of defaults as may be acceptable to the Requisite Lenders and (vi)
     is subject to customary interest blockage and delayed acceleration
     provisions as may be acceptable to the Requisite Lenders.

        "Subsidiary" means, as of any date of determination and with respect to
         ----------                                                            
     any Person, any corporation, limited liability company or partnership
     (whether or not, in any case, characterized as such or as a "joint
     venture"), whether now existing or hereafter organized or acquired:  (a) in
     the case of a corporation or limited liability company, of which a majority
     of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of
     directors or other governing body (other than securities having such power
     only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time
     beneficially owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such
     Person, or (b) in the case of a partnership, of which a majority of the
     partnership or other ownership interests are at the time beneficially owned
     by such Person and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

        "Subsidiary Guarantors" means all Subsidiaries of Borrower except for
         ---------------------                                     ------    
     any Subsidiary not engaged in an active business that has total assets of
     $10,000 or less.

        "Subsidiary Guaranty" means the continuing guaranty of the Obligations
         -------------------                                                  
     to be executed and delivered pursuant to Article 8 by each Subsidiary
                                              ---------                   
     Guarantor, in the form of Exhibit I, either as originally executed or as it
                               ---------                                        
     may from time to time be supplemented, modified, amended, extended or
     supplanted.

        "to the best knowledge of" means, when modifying a representation,
         ------------------------                                         
     warranty or other statement of any Person, that the fact or situation
     described therein is known by the Person (or, in the case of a Person other
     than a natural Person, known by a Responsible Official of that Person)
     making the representation, warranty or other statement, or with the
     exercise of reasonable 

                                      -24-
<PAGE>
 
     due diligence under the circumstances (in accordance with the standard of
     what a reasonable Person in similar circumstances would have done) would
     have been known by the Person (or, in the case of a Person other than a
     natural Person, would have been known by a Responsible Official of that
     Person).

        "Trailing EBITDA" means, as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter,
         ---------------                                                   
     EBITDA for the fiscal period consisting of the four (4) Fiscal Quarters
     ended on that date.

        "type", when used with respect to any Loan or Advance, means the
         ----                                                           
     designation of whether such Loan or Advance is an Alternate Base Rate Loan
     or Advance, or a Eurodollar Rate Loan or Advance.

        "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of Borrower, 100% of the
         -----------------------                                             
     capital stock or other equity interest of which is owned, directly or
     indirectly, by Borrower, except for director's qualifying shares required
                              ------                                          
     by applicable Laws.

        1.2  Use of Defined Terms.  Any defined term used in the plural shall
             --------------------                                            
refer to all members of the relevant class, and any defined term used in the
singular shall refer to any one or more of the members of the relevant class.

        1.3  Accounting Terms.  All accounting terms not specifically defined
             ----------------                                                
in this Agreement shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data
required to be submitted by this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with,
GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise specifically prescribed
                                    ------                                     
herein.  In the event that GAAP changes during the term of this Agreement such
that the covenants contained in Sections 6.12 through 6.15, inclusive, would
                                         ----         ----                  
then be calculated in a different manner or with different components, (a)
Borrower and the Lenders agree to amend this Agreement in such respects as are
necessary to conform those covenants as criteria for evaluating Borrower's
financial condition to substantially the same criteria as were effective prior
to such change in GAAP and (b) Borrower shall be deemed to be in compliance with
the covenants contained in the aforesaid Sections if and to the extent that
Borrower would have been in compliance therewith under GAAP as in effect
immediately prior to such change, but shall have the obligation to deliver each
of the materials described in Article 7 to the Administrative Agent and the
                              ---------                                    
Lenders, on the dates therein specified, with financial data presented in a
manner which conforms with GAAP as in effect immediately prior to such change.

        1.4  Rounding.  Any financial ratios required to be maintained by
             --------                                                    
Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the
appropriate 

                                      -25-
<PAGE>
 
component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the
number of places by which such ratio is expressed in this Agreement and rounding
the result up or down to the nearest number (with a round-up if there is no
nearest number) to the number of places by which such ratio is expressed in this
Agreement.

        1.5  Exhibits and Schedules.  All Exhibits and Schedules to this
             ----------------------                                     
Agreement, either as originally existing or as the same may from time to time be
supplemented, modified or amended, are incorporated herein by this reference.  A
matter disclosed on any Schedule shall be deemed disclosed on all Schedules.

        1.6  References to "Borrower and its Subsidiaries".  Any reference
             --------------------------------------------                 
herein to "Borrower and its Subsidiaries" or the like shall refer solely to
Borrower during such times, if any, as Borrower shall have no Subsidiaries.

        1.7  Miscellaneous Terms.  The term "or" is disjunctive; the term "and"
             -------------------                                               
is conjunctive.  The term "shall" is mandatory; the term "may" is permissive.
Masculine terms also apply to females; feminine terms also apply to males.  The
term "including" is by way of example and not limitation.

                                      -26-
<PAGE>
 
                                   Article 2
                                     LOANS
                                     -----

        2.1  Loans-General.
             ------------- 

               (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
     Agreement, at any time and from time to time from the Closing Date through
     the Revolver Termination Date, each Lender shall, pro rata according to
     that Lender's Pro Rata Share of the then applicable Commitment, make
     Advances to Borrower under the Commitment in such amounts as Borrower may
     request that do not result in the aggregate principal amount outstanding
     under the Notes to exceed the Commitment.  Subject to the limitations set
     forth herein, Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow under the Commitment
     without premium or penalty.

               (b)  Subject to the next sentence, each Loan shall be made
     pursuant to a Request for Loan which shall specify the requested (i) date
     of such Loan, (ii) type of Loan, (iii) amount of such Loan, and (iv) in the
     case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Eurodollar Period for such Loan. Unless
     the Administrative Agent has notified, in its sole and absolute discretion,
     Borrower to the contrary, a Loan may be requested by telephone by a
     Responsible Official of Borrower, in which case Borrower shall confirm such
     request by promptly delivering a Request for Loan (conforming to the
     preceding sentence) in person or by telecopier to the Administrative Agent.
     Administrative Agent shall incur no liability whatsoever hereunder in
     acting upon any telephonic request for Loan purportedly made by a
     Responsible Official of Borrower, and Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify
     the Administrative Agent from any loss, cost, expense or liability as a
     result of so acting.

               (c)  Promptly following receipt of a Request for Loan, the
     Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender by telephone or telecopier
     (and if by telephone, promptly confirmed by telecopier) of the date and
     type of the Loan, the applicable Eurodollar Period, and that Lender's Pro
     Rata Share of the Loan.  Not later than 10:00 a.m., California time, on the
     date specified for any Loan (which must be a Banking Day), each Lender
     shall make its Pro Rata Share of the Loan in immediately available funds
     available to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent's Office.
     Upon satisfaction or waiver of the applicable conditions set forth in
     Article 8, all Advances shall be credited on that date in immediately
     ---------
     available funds to the Designated Deposit Account.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>
 
               (d)  Unless the Requisite Lenders otherwise consent, each
     Alternate Base Rate Loan shall be not less than $1,000,000, each Eurodollar
     Rate Loan shall be not less than $1,000,000 and all Loans shall be in an
     integral multiple of $500,000.

               (e)  The Advances made by each Lender under the Commitment shall
     be evidenced by that Lender's Note.

               (f)  A Request for Loan shall be irrevocable upon the
     Administrative Agent's first notification thereof.

               (g)  If no Request for Loan (or telephonic request for Loan 
     referred to in the second sentence of Section 2.1(b), if applicable) has
                                                   ------
     been made within the requisite notice periods set forth in Section 2.2 or
                                                                        ---
     2.3 prior to the end of the Eurodollar Period for any outstanding
     ---
     Eurodollar Rate Loan, then on the last day of such Eurodollar Period, such
     Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be automatically converted into an Alternate
     Base Rate Loan in the same amount.

        2.2  Alternate Base Rate Loans.  Each request by Borrower for an
             -------------------------                                  
Alternate Base Rate Loan shall be made pursuant to a Request for Loan (or
telephonic or other request for loan referred to in the second sentence of
Section 2.1(b), if applicable) received by the Administrative Agent, at the
        ------                                                              
Administrative Agent's Office, not later than 11:00 a.m. California time, on the
date (which must be a Banking Day) immediately prior to the date of the
requested Alternate Base Rate Loan.  All Loans shall constitute Alternate Base
Rate Loans unless properly designated as a Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to
Section 2.3.
        --- 

        2.3  Eurodollar Rate Loans.
             --------------------- 

               (a)  Each request by Borrower for a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be
     made pursuant to a Request for Loan (or telephonic or other request for
     Loan referred to in the second sentence of Section 2.1(b), if applicable)
                                                        ------                
     received by the Administrative Agent, at the Administrative Agent's Office,
     not later than 9:00 a.m., California time, at least three (3) Eurodollar
     Banking Days before the first day of the applicable Eurodollar Period.

               (b)  On the date which is two (2) Eurodollar Banking Days before
     the first day of the applicable Eurodollar Period, the Administrative Agent
     shall confirm its determination of the applicable Eurodollar Rate (which
     determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error) and
     promptly 

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
 
     shall give notice of the same to Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or
     telecopier (and if by telephone, promptly confirmed by telecopier).

               (c)  Unless the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders
     otherwise consent, no more than six (6) Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be out
     standing at any one time.

               (d)  No Eurodollar Rate Loan may be requested during the
     continuation of a Default or Event of Default.

               (e)  Nothing contained herein shall require any Lender to fund
     any Eurodollar Rate Advance in the Designated Eurodollar Market.

        2.4  Voluntary Reduction of Commitment.  Borrower shall have the right,
             ---------------------------------                                 
at any time and from time to time, without penalty or charge, upon at least five
(5) Banking Days' prior written notice by a Responsible Official of Borrower to
the Administrative Agent, voluntarily to reduce, permanently and irrevocably, in
aggregate principal amounts in an integral multiple of $500,000 but not less
than $2,500,000, or to terminate, all or a portion of the then undisbursed
portion of the Commitment.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the
Lenders of any reduction or termination of the Commitment under this Section.

        2.5  Automatic Reduction of Commitment.  On each Amortization Date, the
             ---------------------------------                                 
Commitment shall automatically be reduced by the applicable Amortization Amount.

        2.6  Optional Termination of Commitment.  Following the occurrence of a
             ----------------------------------                                
Change in Control, the Requisite Lenders may in their sole and absolute
discretion elect, during the thirty (30) day period immediately subsequent to
the later of (a) such occurrence or (b) the earlier of (i) receipt of Borrower's
    --------                                -------                             
written notice to the Administrative Agent of such occurrence or (ii) if no such
notice has been received by the Administrative Agent, the date upon which the
Administrative Agent has actual knowledge thereof, to terminate the Commitment,
in which case the Commitment shall be terminated effective on the date which is
thirty (30) days subsequent to written notice from the Administrative Agent to
Borrower thereof.

        2.7  Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Funds Available for
             ----------------------------------------------------------
Advances.  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any
- --------                                                                  
Lender no later than 10:00 a.m. on the Banking Day of the proposed funding by
the Administrative Agent of any Loan that such Lender does not intend to make
available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's portion of the total amount
of such Loan, 

                                      -29-
<PAGE>
 
the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount avail
able to the Administrative Agent on the date of the Loan and the Administrative
Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a
corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent has made funds available to
Borrower based on such assumption and such corresponding amount is not in fact
made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender, the Administrative
Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such
Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the
Administrative Agent's demand therefor, the Administrative Agent promptly shall
notify Borrower and Borrower shall pay such corresponding amount to the
Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent also shall be entitled to recover
from such Lender interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day
from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative
Agent to Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the
Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the daily Federal Funds Rate.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to
fulfill its share of the Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the
Administrative Agent or Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any
default by such Lender hereunder.

        2.8  Term Loan Conversion.  On the Revolver Termination Date, the
             --------------------                                        
aggregate principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall automatically be
converted to a term loan, payable on each Amortization Date by the Amortization
Amount.  The Notes will continue to evidence the outstanding Indebtedness
incurred under the Commitment subsequent to such conversion.

        2.9  Collateral and Guaranty.  The Obligations shall be guarantied
             -----------------------                                      
pursuant to the Subsidiary Guaranty and secured by a first priority perfected
Lien on the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>
 
                                   Article 3
                               PAYMENTS AND FEES
                               -----------------


         3.1  Principal and Interest.
              ---------------------- 

               (a)  Interest shall be payable on the outstanding daily unpaid
     principal amount of each Advance from the date thereof until payment in
     full is made and shall accrue and be payable at the rates set forth or
     provided for herein before and after Default, before and after maturity,
     before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any
     proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, with interest on overdue interest
     at the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

               (b)  Interest accrued on each Alternate Base Rate Loan shall be
     due and payable on each Monthly Payment Date. Except as otherwise provided
                                                   ------                       
     in Section 3.7, the unpaid principal amount of any Alternate Base Rate Loan
                ---  
     shall bear interest at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the Alternate
     Base Rate plus the Applicable Alternate Base Rate Margin. Each change in
               ----
     the interest rate under this Section 3.1(b) due to a change in the
                                          ------                       
     Alternate Base Rate shall take effect simultaneously with the corresponding
     change in the Alternate Base Rate.

               (c)  Interest accrued on each Eurodollar Rate Loan which is for a
     term of three months or less shall be due and payable on the last day of
     the related Eurodollar Period.  Interest accrued on each other Eurodollar
     Rate Loan shall be due and payable on the date which is three months after
     the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan was made (and, in the event that all of
     the Lenders have approved a Eurodollar Period of longer than six months,
     every three months thereafter through the last day of the Eurodollar
     Period) and on the last day of the related Eurodollar Period.  Except as
                                                                    ------   
     otherwise provided in Section 3.7, the unpaid principal amount of any
                                   ---                                    
     Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the
     Eurodollar Rate for that Eurodollar Rate Loan plus the Applicable
                                                   ----               
     Eurodollar Rate Margin.

               (d)  If not sooner paid, the principal Indebtedness evidenced by
     the Notes shall be payable as follows:

                    (i)  the amount, if any, by which the principal Indebtedness
          evidenced by the Notes at any time exceeds the then applicable
          Commitment shall be payable immediately;

                                      -31-
<PAGE>
 
                    (ii)   the principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes
          shall be payable on each Amortization Date by the Amortization Amount;
          and

                    (iii)  the principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes
          shall in any event be payable on the Maturity Date.

               (e)  The principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be
     prepaid on or before the third Banking Day following the receipt by
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on or after the Revolver Termination
     Date of (i) Net Cash Sales Proceeds from Dispositions in excess of $250,000
     in any Fiscal Year, by an amount equal to the amount of such Net Cash Sales
     Proceeds in excess of $250,000, (ii) Net Cash Issuance Proceeds from the
     issuance of debt securities of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (except
                                                                         ------
     an issuance of debt securities to Borrower or to a Wholly-Owned
     Subsidiary), by an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Issuance Proceeds
     and (iii) Net Cash Issuance Proceeds from the issuance of equity securities
     of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (except an issuance of equity
                                             ------                      
     securities to Borrower or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or to employees or
     former employees of Borrower pursuant to an employee stock option plan
     maintained by Borrower), by an amount equal to 50% of such Net Cash
     Issuance Proceeds.  Any mandatory prepayments under this Subsection shall
     be applied equally against all remaining Amortization Amounts.

               (f)  The principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes may, at
     any time and from time to time, voluntarily be paid or prepaid in whole or
     in part without premium or penalty, except that with respect to any
                                         ------
     voluntary prepayment under this Subsection, (i) any partial prepayment
     shall be not less than $1,000,000 and shall be an integral multiple of
     $500,000, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice
     of any prepayment by 9:00 a.m. California time on the date that is one (1)
     Banking Day before the date of prepayment (which must be a Banking Day) in
     the case of an Alternate Base Rate Loan, and, in the case of a Eurodollar
     Rate Loan, three (3) Banking Days before the date of prepayment, which
     notice shall identify the date and amount of the prepayment and the Loan(s)
     being prepaid, (iii) each prepayment of principal on any Eurodollar Rate
     Loan shall be accompanied by payment of interest accrued to the date of
     payment on the amount of principal paid and (iv) any payment or prepayment
     of all or any part of any Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last
     day of the applicable Eurodollar Period shall be subject to Section 3.6(e).
                                                                         ------
     Any voluntary prepayment under this Subsection made subsequent to the
     Revolver Termination Date shall be applied as follows:

                                      -32-
<PAGE>
 
     50% of such prepayment shall be applied to Amortization Amounts due on the
     most remote Amortization Dates in reverse order of maturity and 50% of such
     prepayment shall be applied to Amortization Amounts due on the next
     Amortization Dates in order of maturity.

         3.2  Arrangement Fee.  On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to the
              ---------------                                                 
Administrative Agent the balance of the arrangement fee as heretofore agreed
upon by letter agreement dated July 21, 1997 between Borrower and the
Administrative Agent. The arrangement fee paid to the Administrative Agent is
solely for its own account and is nonrefundable.

         3.3  Commitment Fee.  From the Closing Date through the Revolver
              --------------                                             
Termination Date, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the
ratable accounts of the Lenders pro rata according to their Pro Rata Share of
the Commitment, a commitment fee equal to the daily Applicable Commitment Fee
Rate per annum times the average daily amount by which the Commitment exceeds
               -----                                                         
the aggregate daily principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes.  The
commitment fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Payment
Date and on the Revolver Termination Date.

         3.4  Agency Fee.  Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an
              ----------                                                    
agency fee in such amounts and at such times as heretofore agreed upon by letter
agreement dated July 21, 1997 between Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
The agency fee paid to the Administrative Agent is solely for its own account
and is nonrefundable.

         3.5  Increased Commitment Costs.  If any Lender shall determine in good
              --------------------------                                        
faith that the introduction after the Closing Date of any applicable law, rule,
regulation or guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein or any
change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any central bank or
other Governmental Agency charged with the interpretation or administration
thereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Eurodollar Lending Office) or any
corporation controlling such Lender, with any request, guideline or directive
regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of Law) of any such
central bank or other authority not imposed as a result of such Lender's or such
corporation's failure to comply with any other Laws, affects or would affect the
amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or any
corporation controlling such Lender and (taking into consideration such Lender's
or such corporation's policies with respect to capital adequacy and such
Lender's desired return on capital) determines in good faith that the amount of
such capital is increased, or the rate of return on capital is reduced, as a
consequence of its obligations under this Agreement, then, within five (5)
Banking Days after demand of

                                      -33-
<PAGE>
 
such Lender, Borrower shall pay to such Lender, from time to time as specified
in good faith by such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such
Lender in light of such circumstances, to the extent reasonably allocable to
such obligations under this Agreement, provided that Borrower shall not be
                                       --------
obligated to pay any such amount which arose prior to the date which is ninety
(90) days preceding the date of such demand or is attributable to periods prior
to the date which is ninety (90) days preceding the date of such demand. Each
Lender's determination of such amounts shall be conclusive in the absence of
manifest error.

         3.6  Eurodollar Costs and Related Matters.
              ------------------------------------ 

               (a)  In the event that any Governmental Agency imposes on any
     Lender any reserve or comparable requirement (including any emergency,
                                                   ---------
     supplemental or other reserve) with respect to the Eurodollar Obligations
     of that Lender, Borrower shall pay that Lender within five (5) Banking Days
     after demand all amounts necessary to compensate such Lender (determined as
     though such Lender's Eurodollar Lending Office had funded 100% of its
     Eurodollar Rate Advance in the Designated Eurodollar Market) in respect of
     the imposition of such reserve requirements (provided, that Borrower shall
                                                  --------                     
     not be obligated to pay any such amount which arose prior to the date which
     is ninety (90) days preceding the date of such demand or is attributable to
     periods prior to the date which is ninety (90) days preceding the date of
     such demand). The Lender's determination of such amount shall be conclusive
     in the absence of manifest error.

               (b)  If, after the date hereof, the existence or occurrence of
     any Special Eurodollar Circumstance:

                    (1)  shall subject any Lender or its Eurodollar Lending
          Office to any tax, duty or other charge or cost with respect to any
          Eurodollar Rate Advance, any of its Notes evidencing Eurodollar Rate
          Loans or its obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Advances, or shall
          change the basis of taxation of payments to any Lender attributable to
          the principal of or interest on any Eurodollar Rate Advance or any
          other amounts due under this Agreement in respect of any Eurodollar
          Rate Advance, any of its Notes evidencing Eurodollar Rate Loans or its
          obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Advances, excluding (i) taxes
                                                       ---------
          imposed on or measured in whole or in part by its overall net income
          by (A) any jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) in which it
          is orga nized or maintains its principal office or Eurodollar Lending
          Office or (B) any jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) in
          which it is "doing

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
 
          business" and (ii) any withholding taxes or other taxes based on gross
          income imposed by the United States of America for any period with
          respect to which it has failed to provide Borrower with the
          appropriate form or forms required by Section 11.21, to the extent
                                                        -----
          such forms are then required by applicable Laws;

                    (2)  shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve not
          applicable or deemed applicable on the date hereof (including any
                                                              ---------
          reserve imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
          System, special deposit, capital or similar requirements against
          assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by,
          any Lender or its Eurodollar Lending Office); or

                    (3)  shall impose on any Lender or its Eurodollar Lending
          Office or the Designated Eurodollar Market any other condition
          affecting any Eurodollar Rate Advance, any of its Notes evidencing
          Eurodollar Rate Loans, its obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Advances
          or this Agreement, or shall otherwise affect any of the same;

     and the result of any of the foregoing, as determined in good faith by such
     Lender, increases the cost to such Lender or its Eurodollar Lending Office
     of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Advance or in respect of any
     Eurodollar Rate Advance, any of its Notes evidencing Eurodollar Rate Loans
     or its obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or reduces the amount of
     any sum received or receivable by such Lender or its Eurodollar Lending
     Office with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advance, any of its Notes
     evidencing Eurodollar Rate Loans or its obligation to make Eurodollar Rate
     Advances (assuming such Lender's Eurodollar Lending Office had funded 100%
     of its Eurodollar Rate Advance in the Designated Eurodollar Market), then,
     within five (5) Banking Days after demand by such Lender (with a copy to
     the Administrative Agent), Borrower shall pay to such Lender such
     additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such
     increased cost or reduction (determined as though such Lender's Eurodollar
     Lending Office had funded 100% of its Eurodollar Rate Advance in the
     Designated Eurodollar Market); provided, that Borrower shall not be
                                    --------
     obligated to pay any such amount which arose prior to the date which is
     ninety (90) days preceding the date of such demand or is attributable to
     periods prior to the date which is ninety (90) days preceding the date of
     such demand. A statement of any Lender claiming compensation under this
     subsection shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>
 
               (c) If, after the date hereof, the existence or occurrence of any
     Special Eurodollar Circumstance shall, in the good faith opinion of any
     Lender, make it unlawful or impossible for such Lender or its Eurodollar
     Lending Office to make, maintain or fund its portion of any Eurodollar Rate
     Loan, or materially restrict the authority of such Lender to purchase or
     sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the Designated Eurodollar Market,
     or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate,
     and such Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, then such
     Lender's obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended for
     the duration of such illegality or impossibility and the Administrative
     Agent forthwith shall give notice thereof to the other Lenders and
     Borrower.  Upon receipt of such notice, the outstanding principal amount of
     such Lender's Eurodollar Rate Advances, together with accrued interest
     thereon, automatically shall be converted to Alternate Base Rate Advances
     on either (1) the last day of the Eurodollar Period(s) applicable to such
     Eurodollar Rate Advances if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain
     and fund such Eurodollar Rate Advances to such day(s) or (2) immediately if
     such Lender may not lawfully continue to fund and maintain such Eurodollar
     Rate Advances to such day(s), provided that in such event the conversion
                                   --------                                  
     shall not be subject to payment of a prepayment fee under Section 3.6(e).
                                                                       ------  
     Each Lender agrees to endeavor promptly to notify Borrower of any event of
     which it has actual knowledge, occurring after the Closing Date, which will
     cause that Lender to notify the Administrative Agent under this Section,
     and agrees to designate a different Eurodollar Lending Office if such
     designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good
     faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to
     such Lender.  In the event that any Lender is unable, for the reasons set
     forth above, to make, maintain or fund its portion of any Eurodollar Rate
     Loan, such Lender shall fund such amount as an Alternate Base Rate Advance
     for the same period of time, and such amount shall be treated in all
     respects as an Alternate Base Rate Advance.  Any Lender whose obligation to
     make Eurodollar Rate Advances has been suspended under this Section shall
     promptly notify the Administrative Agent and Borrower of the cessation of
     the Special Eurodollar Circumstance which gave rise to such suspension.

               (d) If, with respect to any proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan:

                   (1)   the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that, by
          reason of circumstances affecting the Designated Eurodollar Market
          generally that are beyond the reasonable control of the Lenders,
          deposits in Dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not being offered
          to

                                      -36-
<PAGE>
 
          any Lender in the Designated Eurodollar Market for the applicable
          Eurodollar Period; or

                    (2)  the Requisite Lenders advise the Administrative Agent
          that the Eurodollar Rate as determined by the Administrative Agent (i)
          does not represent the effective pricing to such Lenders for deposits
          in Dollars in the Designated Eurodollar Market in the relevant amount
          for the applicable Eurodollar Period, or (ii) will not adequately and
          fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making the applicable Euro
          dollar Rate Advances;

     then the Administrative Agent forthwith shall give notice thereof to
     Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon until the Administrative Agent notifies
     Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer
     exist, the obligation of the Lenders to make any future Eurodollar Rate
     Advances shall be suspended.

               (e)  Upon payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Rate Advance
     (other than as the result of a conversion required under Section 3.6(c) on
      ----- ----                                                      ------   
     a day other than the last day in the applicable Eurodollar Period (whether
     voluntarily, involuntarily, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise), or
     upon the failure of Borrower (for a reason other than the breach by a
     Lender of its obligation pursuant to Section 2.1(a) to make an Advance) to
                                                  ------                       
     borrow on the date or in the amount specified for a Eurodollar Rate Loan in
     any Request for Loan, Borrower shall pay to the appropriate Lender within
     five (5) Banking Days after demand a prepayment fee or failure to borrow
     fee, as the case may be (determined as though 100% of the Eurodollar Rate
     Advance had been funded in the Designated Eurodollar Market) equal to the
                                                                              
     sum of:
     ---    

                    (1)  $250; plus
                               ----

                    (2)  the amount, if any, by which (i) the additional
          interest would have accrued on the amount prepaid or not borrowed at
          the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin if that
                              ----
          amount had remained or been outstanding through the last day of the
          applicable Eurodollar Period exceeds (ii) the interest that the Lender
                                       ------- 
          could recover by placing such amount on deposit in the Designated
          Eurodollar Market for a period beginning on the date of the prepayment
          or failure to borrow and ending on the last day of the applicable
          Eurodollar Period (or, if no deposit rate quotation is available for
          such

                                      -37-
<PAGE>
 
          period, for the most comparable period for which a deposit rate
          quotation may be obtained); plus
                                      ----
                    (3)  all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lender
          reasonably attributable to such payment, prepayment or failure to
          borrow.

     Each Lender's determination of the amount of any prepayment fee payable
     under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

               (f)  Each Lender agrees to endeavor promptly to notify Borrower
     of any event of which it has actual knowledge, occurring after the Closing
     Date, which will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to clause (a)
                                                                              -
     or clause (b) of this Section, and agrees to designate a different
                -                                                      
     Eurodollar Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for or
     reduce the amount of such compensation and will not, in the good faith
     judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such
     Lender. Any request for compensation by a Lender under this Section shall
     set forth the basis upon which it has been determined that such an amount
     is due from Borrower, a calculation of the amount due, and a certification
     that the corresponding costs have been incurred by the Lender.

          3.7  Late Payments.  If any installment of principal or interest or
               -------------
any fee or cost or other amount payable under any Loan Document to the
Administrative Agent or any Lender is not paid when due, it shall thereafter
bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the
sum of the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Alternate Base Rate Margin
- ------                         ----                                          
plus 2%, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.  Accrued and unpaid
- ----                                                                            
interest on past due amounts (including, without limitation, interest on past
                              ---------                                      
due interest) shall be compounded monthly, on the last day of each calendar
month, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

          3.8  Computation of Interest and Fees.  Computation of interest and
               --------------------------------                              
fees under this Agreement shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days
and the actual number of days elapsed.  Interest shall accrue on each Loan for
the day on which the Loan is made; interest shall not accrue on a Loan, or any
portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid.  Any
Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall bear interest for
one day.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, interest
in excess of the maximum amount permitted by applicable Laws shall not accrue or
be payable hereunder or under the Notes, and any amount paid as interest
hereunder or under the Notes which would 

                                      -38-
<PAGE>
 
otherwise be in excess of such maximum permitted amount shall instead be treated
as a payment of principal.

         3.9   Non-Banking Days.  If any payment to be made by Borrower or any
               ----------------                                               
other Party under any Loan Document shall come due on a day other than a Banking
Day, payment shall instead be considered due on the next succeeding Banking Day
and the extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest and fees.

         3.10  Manner and Treatment of Payments.
               -------------------------------- 

                    (a)  Each payment hereunder (except payments pursuant to
                                                 ------
          Sections 3.5, 3.6, 11.3, 11.11 and 11.22) or on the Notes or under any
                   ---  ---  ----  -----     -----   
          other Loan Document shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the
          Administrative Agent's Office for the account of each of the Lenders
          or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in immediately
          available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. California time, on the day
          of payment (which must be a Banking Day). All payments received after
          such time, on any Banking Day, shall be deemed received on the next
          succeeding Banking Day. The amount of all payments received by the
          Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender shall be
          immediately paid by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Lender
          in immediately available funds and, if such payment was received by
          the Administrative Agent by 11:00 a.m., California time, on a Banking
          Day and not so made available to the account of a Lender on that
          Banking Day, the Administrative Agent shall reimburse that Lender for
          the cost to such Lender of funding the amount of such payment at the
          Federal Funds Rate. All payments shall be made in lawful money of the
          United States of America.

               (b)  Each payment or prepayment on account of any Loan shall be
          applied pro rata according to the outstanding Advances made by each
          Lender comprising such Loan.

               (c)  Each Lender shall use its best efforts to keep a record (in
          writing or by an electronic data entry system) of Advances made by it
          and payments received by it with respect to each of its Notes and,
          subject to Section 10.6(g), such record shall, as against Borrower, be
                             ------- 
          presumptive evidence of the amounts owing. Notwithstanding the
          foregoing sentence, the failure by any Lender to keep such a record
          shall not affect Borrower's obligation to pay the Obligations.

               (d)  Each payment of any amount payable by Borrower or any other
          Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made 

                                      -39-
<PAGE>
 
          free and clear of, and without reduction by reason of, any taxes,
          assessments or other charges imposed by any Governmental Agency,
          central bank or comparable authority, excluding (i) taxes imposed on
                                                ---------
          or measured in whole or in part by its overall net income by (A) any
          jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) in which it is
          organized or maintains its principal office or Eurodollar Lending
          Office or (B) any jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) in
          which it is "doing business" and (ii) any withholding taxes or other
          taxes based on gross income imposed by the United States of America
          for any period with respect to which it has failed to provide Borrower
          with the appropriate form or forms required by Section 11.21, to the
                                                                 -----
          extent such forms are then required by applicable Laws (all such non-
          excluded taxes, assessments or other charges being hereinafter
          referred to as "Taxes"). To the extent that Borrower is obligated by
          applicable Laws to make any deduction or withholding on account of
          Taxes from any amount payable to any Lender under this Agreement,
          Borrower shall (i) make such deduction or withholding and pay the same
          to the relevant Governmental Agency and (ii) pay such additional
          amount to that Lender as is necessary to result in that Lender's
          receiving a net after-Tax amount equal to the amount to which that
          Lender would have been entitled under this Agreement absent such
          deduction or withholding. If and when receipt of such payment results
          in an excess payment or credit to that Lender on account of such
          Taxes, that Lender shall promptly refund such excess to Borrower.

               3.11  Funding Sources.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed
                     ---------------
to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan or Advance in any
particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that
it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan or Advance in any
particular place or manner.

               3.12  Failure to Charge Not Subsequent Waiver. Any decision by
                     ---------------------------------------
the Administrative Agent or any Lender not to require payment of any interest
including interest arising under Section 3.7), fee, cost or other amount payable
- ---------                                ---
under any Loan Document, or to calculate any amount payable by a particular
method, on any occasion shall in no way limit or be deemed a waiver of the
Administrative Agent's or such Lender's right to require full payment of any
interest (including interest arising under Section 3.7), fee, cost or other
          ---------                                --- 
amount payable under any Loan Document, or to calculate an amount payable by
another method that is not inconsistent with this Agreement, on any other or
subsequent occasion.

               3.13  Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Payments Will be 
                     -------------------------------------------------------
Made. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by Borrower prior
- ----
to the date on which any payment to be made by Borrower hereunder is due that
Borrower does 

                                      -40-
<PAGE>
 
not intend to remit such payment, the Administrative Agent may, in
its discretion, assume that Borrower has remitted such payment when so due and
the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion and in reliance upon such
assumption, make available to each Lender on such payment date an amount equal
to such Lender's share of such assumed payment.  If Borrower has not in fact
remitted such payment to the Administrative Agent, each Lender shall forthwith
on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the amount of such assumed payment
made available to such Lender, together with interest thereon in respect of each
day from and including the date such amount was made available by the
Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the
Administrative Agent at the Federal Funds Rate.

          3.14  Fee Determination Detail.  The Administrative Agent, and any
                ------------------------                                    
Lender, shall provide reasonable detail to Borrower regarding the manner in
which the amount of any payment to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, or
that Lender, under Article 3 has been determined, concurrently with demand for
                   ---------                                                  
such payment.

          3.15  Survivability.  All of Borrower's obligations under Sections 3.5
                -------------                                                ---
and 3.6 shall survive for the ninety (90) day period following the date on which
    ---                                                                         
the Commitment is terminated and all Loans hereunder are fully paid, and
Borrower shall remain obligated thereunder for all claims under such Sections
made by any Lender to Borrower prior to the expiration of such period.

                                      -41-
<PAGE>
 
                                   Article 4
                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                        ------------------------------

          Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

          4.1   Existence and Qualification; Power; Compliance With Laws.
                --------------------------------------------------------
Borrower is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing
under the Laws of California. Borrower is duly qualified or registered to
transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which
the conduct of its business or the ownership or leasing of its Properties makes
such qualification or registration necessary, except where the failure so to
                                              ------
qualify or register and to be in good standing would not constitute a Material
Adverse Effect. Borrower has all requisite power and authority to conduct its
business, to own and lease its Properties and to execute and deliver each Loan
Document to which it is a Party and to perform its Obligations. All outstanding
shares of capital stock of Borrower are duly authorized, validly issued, fully
paid and non-assessable, and no holder thereof has any enforceable right of
rescission under any applicable state or federal securities Laws. Borrower is in
compliance with all Laws and other legal requirements applicable to its
business, has obtained all authorizations, consents, approvals, orders, licenses
and permits from, and has accomplished all filings, registrations and
qualifications with, or obtained exemptions from any of the foregoing from, any
Governmental Agency that are necessary for the transaction of its business,
except where the failure so to comply, obtain authorizations, etc., file,
- ------
register, qualify or obtain exemptions does not constitute a Material Adverse
Effect.

          4.2   Authority; Compliance With Other Agreements and Instruments and
                ---------------------------------------------------------------
Government Regulations.  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and
- ----------------------                                                          
the Subsidiary Guarantors of the Loan Documents to which each is a Party have
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not and will not:

                  (a)  Require any consent or approval not heretofore obtained
     of any partner, director, stockholder, security holder or creditor of such
     Party;

                  (b)  Violate or conflict with any provision of such Party's
     charter, articles of incorporation or bylaws, as applicable;

                  (c)  Result in or require the creation or imposition of any
     Lien (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents) or Right of Others upon or
           ----- ----
     with respect to any Property now owned or leased or hereafter acquired by
     such Party;

                                      -42-
<PAGE>
 
                  (d)  Violate any Requirement of Law applicable to such Party;

                  (e)  Result in a breach of or constitute a default under, or
     cause or permit the acceleration of any obligation owed under, any
     indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other Contractual Obligation
     to which such Party is a party or by which such Party or any of its
     Property is bound or affected;

and such Party is not in violation of, or default under, any Requirement of Law
or Contractual Obligation, or any indenture, loan or credit agreement described
in Section 4.2(e), in any respect that constitutes a Material Adverse Effect.
           ------                                                            

          4.3   No Governmental Approvals Required.  Except as previously obtain
                ----------------------------------   ------ 
or made, no authorization, consent, approval, order, license or permit from, or
filing, registration or qualification with, any Governmental Agency is or will
be required to authorize or permit under applicable Laws the execution, delivery
and performance by Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Loan Documents to
which it is a Party.

          4.4   Subsidiaries.
                ------------ 

                  (a)  Schedule 4.4 hereto correctly sets forth the names, form
                       ------------
     of legal entity, number of shares of capital stock (or other applicable
     unit of equity interest) issued and outstanding, and the record owner
     thereof and jurisdictions of organization of all Subsidiaries of Borrower.
     Unless otherwise indicated in Schedule 4.4, all of the outstanding shares
                                   ------------
     of capital stock, or all of the units of equity interest, as the case may
     be, of each such Subsidiary are owned of record and beneficially by
     Borrower, there are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to
     purchase capital stock of any such Subsidiary, and all such shares or
     equity interests so owned are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid
     and non-assessable, and were issued in compliance with all applicable state
     and federal securities and other Laws, and are free and clear of all Liens
     and Rights of Others, except for Permitted Encumbrances and Permitted
                           ------
     Rights of Others.

                  (b)  Each Subsidiary Guarantor is a corporation duly formed,
     validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of
     organization, is duly qualified to do business as a foreign organization
     and is in good standing as such in each jurisdiction in which the conduct
     of its business or the ownership or leasing of its Properties makes such
     qualification necessary (except where the failure to be so duly qualified
                              ------
     and in good standing does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect), and
     has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to own
     and lease its Properties.

                                      -43-
<PAGE>
 
                  (c)  Each Subsidiary Guarantor is in compliance with all Laws
     and other requirements applicable to its business and has obtained all
     authorizations, consents, approvals, orders, licenses, and permits from,
     and each such Subsidiary Guarantor has accomplished all filings,
     registrations, and qualifications with, or obtained exemptions from any of
     the foregoing from, any Governmental Agency that are necessary for the
     transaction of its business, except where the failure to be in such
                                  ------
     compliance, obtain such authorizations, consents, approvals, orders,
     licenses, and permits, accomplish such filings, registrations, and
     qualifications, or obtain such exemptions, does not constitute a Material
     Adverse Effect.

          4.5   Financial Statements.  Borrower has furnished to the Lenders (a)
                --------------------                                            
the audited consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
for the Fiscal Year ended July 31, 1996 and (b) the unaudited consolidated
balance sheet and statement of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for
the Fiscal Quarter ended April 30, 1997.  The financial statements described in
clause (a) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
        -                                                                  
results of operations and changes in financial position, and the balance sheet
and statement of operations described in clause (b) fairly present the financial
                                                 -                              
condition and results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such
dates and for such periods in conformity with GAAP consistently applied, subject
only to normal year-end accruals and audit adjustments.

          4.6   No Other Liabilities; No Material Adverse Changes.  Borrower and
                -------------------------------------------------               
its Subsidiaries do not have any material liability or material contingent
liability required under GAAP to be reflected or disclosed, and not reflected or
disclosed, in the balance sheet described in Section 4.5(b), other than
                                                     ------  ----- ----
liabilities and contingent liabilities arising in the ordinary course of
business since the date of such financial statements.  As of the Closing Date,
no circumstance or event has occurred that constitutes a Material Adverse Effect
since April 30, 1997.

          4.7   Title to and Location of Property. Borrower and its Subsidiaries
                ---------------------------------
have valid title to the Property (other than assets which are the subject of a
                                  ----- ----
Capital Lease Obligation) reflected in the balance sheet described in Section
4.5(b), other than items of Property or exceptions to title which are in each
- ------  ----- ----
case immaterial and Property subsequently sold or disposed of in the ordinary
course of business. Such Property is free and clear of all Liens and Rights of
Others, other than Liens or Rights of Others described in Schedule 4.7A and
        ----- ----                                        -------------
Permitted Encumbrances and Permitted Rights of Others. All Property of Borrower
and its Subsidiaries is located at one of the locations described in Schedule
                                                                     --------
4.7B.
- ---- 

                                      -44-
<PAGE>
 
          4.8   Intangible Assets. Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, or possess
                -----------------
the right to use to the extent necessary in their respective businesses, all
material trade marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, computer
software, licenses and other Intangible Assets that are used in the conduct of
their businesses as now operated, and no such Intangible Asset, to the best
knowledge of Borrower, conflicts with the valid trademark, trade name,
copyright, patent, patent right or Intangible Asset of any other Person to the
extent that such conflict constitutes a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.9   Public Utility Holding Company Act.  Neither Borrower nor any of
                ----------------------------------                              
its Subsidiaries is a "holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding
company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company"
of a "holding company", within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935, as amended.

          4.10  Litigation.  Except for (a) any matter fully covered as to
                ----------   ------                                       
subject matter and amount (subject to applicable deductibles and retentions) by
insurance for which the insurance carrier has not asserted lack of subject
matter coverage or reserved its right to do so, (b) any matter, or series of
related matters, involving a claim against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
of less than $2,000,000, (c) matters of an administrative nature not involving
a claim or charge against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (d) matters
set forth in Schedule 4.10, there are no actions, suits, proceedings or
             -------------                                             
investigations pending as to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries have been
served or have received notice or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened
against or affecting Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Property of any
of them before any Governmental Agency.

          4.11  Binding Obligations.  Each of the Loan Documents to which
                -------------------                                      
Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors is a Party will, when executed and
delivered by Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor, constitute the legal, valid
and binding obligation of Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable
against Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms,
except as enforcement may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws or equitable
- ------                                                                 
principles relating to the granting of specific performance and other equitable
remedies as a matter of judicial discretion.

          4.12  No Default.  No event has occurred and is continuing that is a
                ----------                                                    
Default or Event of Default.

                                      -45-
<PAGE>
 
          4.13  ERISA.
                ----- 

                  (a)  With respect to each Pension Plan:

                       (i)   such Pension Plan complies in all material respects
          with ERISA and any other applicable Laws to the extent that
          noncompliance could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
          Effect;

                       (ii)  such Pension Plan has not incurred any "accumulated
          funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) that could
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                       (iii) no "reportable event" (as defined in Section 4043
          of ERISA, but excluding such events as to which the PBGC has by
                        ---------
          regulation waived the requirement therein contained that it be
          notified within thirty days of the occurrence of such event) has
          occurred that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
          Effect; and

                       (iv)  neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has
          engaged in any non-exempt "prohibited transaction" (as defined in
          Section 4975 of the Code) that could reasonably be expected to have a
          Material Adverse Effect.

                  (b)  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred
     or expects to incur any withdrawal liability to any Multiemployer Plan that
     could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.14  Regulations G and U; Investment Company Act.  No part of the
                -------------------------------------------                 
proceeds of any Loan hereunder will be used to purchase or carry, or to extend
credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying, any Margin Stock in
violation of Regulations G and U.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
is or is required to be registered as an "investment company" under the
Investment Company Act of 1940.

          4.15  Disclosure.  No written statement made by a Senior Officer to
                ----------
the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement, or in
connection with any Loan, as of the date thereof contained any untrue statement
of a material fact or omitted a material fact necessary to make the statement
made not misleading in light of all the circumstances existing at the date the
statement was made.

                                      -46-
<PAGE>
 
          4.16  Tax Liability.  Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all tax
                -------------                                                   
returns which are required to be filed, and have paid, or made provision for the
payment of, all taxes with respect to the periods, Property or transactions
covered by said returns, or pursuant to any assessment received by Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries, except (a) such taxes, if any, as are being contested
                         ------                                               
in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate reserves have
been established and maintained and (b) immaterial taxes so long as no material
Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is at impending risk of being
seized, levied upon or forfeited.

          4.17  Projections.  As of the Closing Date, to the best knowledge of
                -----------                                                   
Borrower, the assumptions set forth in the Projections are reasonable and
consistent with each other and with all facts known to Borrower, and the
Projections are reasonably based on such assumptions.  Nothing in this Section
4.17 shall be construed as a representation or covenant that the Projections in
- ----                                                                           
fact will be achieved.

          4.18  Hazardous Materials. Except as described in Schedule 4.18, as of
                -------------------                         -------------
the Closing Date (a) neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (from and
after the Acquisition of any Subsidiary by Borrower) at any time has disposed
of, discharged, released or threatened the release of any Hazardous Materials
on, from or under the Real Property in violation of any Hazardous Materials Law
that would individually or in the aggregate constitute a Material Adverse
Effect, (b) to the best knowledge of Borrower, no condition exists that violates
any Hazardous Material Law affecting any Real Property except for such
violations that would not individually or in the aggregate constitute a Material
Adverse Effect, (c) no Real Property or any portion thereof is or has been
utilized by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (from and after the Acquisition
of any Subsidiary by Borrower) as a site for the manufacture of any Hazardous
Materials and (d) to the extent that any Hazardous Materials are used, generated
or stored by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on any Real Property, or
transported to or from such Real Property by Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, such use, generation, storage and transportation are in compliance
with all Hazardous Materials Laws except for such non-compliance that would not
constitute a Material Adverse Effect or be materially adverse to the interests
of the Lenders.

          4.19  Security Interests.  Upon the execution and delivery of the
                ------------------                                         
Security Agreement, the Security Agreement will create a valid first priority
security interest in the Collateral described therein securing the Obligations
(subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, Permitted Rights of Others and matters
disclosed in Schedule 4.7 and to such qualifications and exceptions as are
             ------------
contained in the Uniform Commercial Code with respect to the priority of
security interests perfected by means other than the filing of a financing
statement or with respect to the creation of security interests in Property to
which Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code does not apply) and all

                                      -47-
<PAGE>
 
actions necessary to perfect the security interests so created, other than
filing of the UCC-1 financing statements delivered to the Administrative Agent
pursuant to Section 8.1 with the appropriate Governmental Agency, have been
                    ---
taken and completed. Upon the execution and delivery of the Pledge Agreement,
the Pledge Agreement will create a valid first priority security interest in the
Pledged Collateral and upon delivery of the Pledged Collateral to the
Administrative Agent (or its designee) all actions necessary to perfect the
security interest so created have been taken and completed.

                                      -48-
<PAGE>
 
                                   Article 5
                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
                             ---------------------
                          (OTHER THAN INFORMATION AND
                          --------------------------
                            REPORTING REQUIREMENTS)
                            ---------------------- 

          So long as any Advance remains unpaid, or any other Obligation remains
unpaid, or any portion of the Commitment remains in force, Borrower shall, and
shall cause its Subsidiaries to, unless the Administrative Agent (with the
written approval of the Requisite Lenders) otherwise consents:

          5.1  Payment of Taxes and Other Potential Liens.  Pay and discharge
               ------------------------------------------                    
promptly all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon
any of them, upon their respective Property or any part thereof and upon their
respective income or profits or any part thereof, except that Borrower and its
                                                  ------                      
Subsidiaries shall not be required to pay or cause to be paid (a) any tax,
assessment, charge or levy that is not yet past due, or is being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings so long as the relevant entity has
established and maintains adequate reserves for the payment of the same or (b)
any immaterial tax so long as no material Property of Borrower or its
Subsidiaries is at impending risk of being seized, levied upon or forfeited.

         5.2   Preservation of Existence. Preserve and maintain their respective
               -------------------------
existences in the jurisdiction of their formation and all material
authorizations, rights, franchises, privileges, consents, approvals, orders,
licenses, permits, or registrations from any Governmental Agency that are
necessary for the transaction of their respective business and qualify and
remain qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction in which such
qualification is necessary in view of their respective business or the ownership
or leasing of their respective Properties except (a) a merger permitted by
                                          ------
Section 6.3 or as otherwise permitted by this Agreement and (b) where the
failure to so qualify or remain qualified would not constitute a Material
Adverse Effect.

          5.3   Maintenance of Properties. Maintain, preserve and protect all of
                -------------------------
their respective Properties in good order and condition, subject to wear and
tear in the ordinary course of business, and not permit any waste of their
respective Properties, except that the failure to maintain, preserve and protect
a particular item of Property that is at the end of its useful life or that is
not of significant value, either intrinsically or to the operations of Borrower,
shall not constitute a violation of this covenant.

          5.4  Maintenance of Insurance.  Maintain liability, casualty and other
               ------------------------                                         
insurance (subject to customary deductibles and retentions) with responsible
insurance 

                                      -49-
<PAGE>
 
companies in such amounts and against such risks as is carried by responsible
companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar assets in the general
areas in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries operate.

          5.5  Compliance With Laws.  Comply with all Requirements of Law
               --------------------                                      
noncompliance with which constitutes a Material Adverse Effect, except that
                                                                ------     
Borrower and its Subsidiaries need not comply with a Requirement of Law then
being contested by any of them in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

          5.6  Inspection Rights.  Upon reasonable notice, at any time during
               -----------------                                             
regular business hours and as often as reasonably requested (but not so as to
materially interfere with the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries)
permit the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or any authorized employee, agent
or representative thereof, to examine, audit and make copies and abstracts from
the records and books of account of, and to visit and inspect the Properties of,
Borrower and its Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts
of Borrower and its Subsidiaries with any of their officers, key employees or
accountants.

          5.7  Keeping of Records and Books of Account.  Keep adequate records
               ---------------------------------------                        
and books of account reflecting all financial transactions in conformity with
GAAP, consistently applied, and in material conformity with all applicable
requirements of any Governmental Agency having regulatory jurisdiction over
Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

          5.8  Compliance With Agreements.  Promptly and fully comply with all
               --------------------------                                     
Contractual Obligations to which any one or more of them is a party, except for
                                                                     ------    
any such Contractual Obligations (a) the performance of which would cause a
Default or (b) then being contested by any of them in good faith by appropriate
proceedings or (c) if the failure to comply does not constitute a Material
Adverse Effect.

          5.9  Use of Proceeds.  Use the proceeds of all Loans for working
               ---------------                                            
capital and general corporate purposes of Borrower, including repayment of the
                                                    ---------                 
Prior Credit Facility, funding of Permitted Acquisitions and the making of
Distributions permitted by Section 6.6.
                                   --- 

          5.10  Hazardous Materials Laws.  Keep and maintain all Real Property
                ------------------------                                      
and each portion thereof in compliance in all material respects with all
applicable Hazardous Materials Laws and promptly notify the Administrative Agent
in writing (attaching a copy of any pertinent written material) of (a) any and
all material enforcement, cleanup, removal or other governmental or regulatory
actions instituted, completed or threatened in writing by a Governmental Agency
pursuant to any

                                      -50-
<PAGE>
 
applicable Hazardous Materials Laws, (b) any and all material claims made
or threat  ened in writing by any Person against Borrower relating to damage,
contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss or injury resulting from any
Hazardous Materials and (c) discovery by any Senior Officer of any of Borrower
of any material occurrence or condition on any real Property adjoining or in the
vicinity of such Real Property that could reasonably be expected to cause such
Real Property or any part thereof to be subject to any restrictions on the
ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of such Real Property under any
applicable Hazardous Materials Laws.

         5.11  Additional Domestic Subsidiaries.  Pledge all of the capital
               --------------------------------                            
stock of any Domestic Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Closing Date as
additional Pledged Collateral under the Pledge Agreement, and cause each such
Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary not engaged in an active business
                     ----- ----                                               
that has total assets of $10,000 or less) to execute and deliver an appropriate
joinder to the Subsidiary Guaranty and the Security Agreement.

         5.12  Foreign Subsidiaries.  Pledge sixty-five percent (65%) of the
               --------------------                                         
capital stock of any Foreign Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Closing
Date as additional Pledged Collateral under the Pledge Agreement.

         5.13  Future Real Property.  Promptly following its acquisition of
               --------------------                                        
any real property (including a leasehold estate in real property), execute and
                   ---------                                                  
deliver to the Administrative Agent a deed of trust or mortgage in a form
reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent creating a first priority Lien
on such real property securing the Obligations, and provide to the
Administrative Agent such customary lender's title insurance policies,
appraisals, environmental reports and other related documents as the
Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

         5.14  Interest Rate Protection Agreements.  Enter into one or more
               -----------------------------------                         
Interest Rate Protection Agreements (in form and substance reasonably acceptable
to the Administrative Agent) on or before the date that is ninety (90) days
after the Revolver Termination Date such that, giving effect thereto, the
effective interest rate on at least 50% of the Indebtedness evidenced by the
Notes as of the Revolver Termination Date is fixed through the Maturity Date.

                                      -51-
<PAGE>
 
                                   Article 6
                              NEGATIVE COVENANTS
                              ------------------


         So long as any Advance remains unpaid, or any other Obligation remains
unpaid, or any portion of the Commitment remains in force, Borrower shall not,
and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, unless the Administrative Agent
(with the written approval of the Requisite Lenders or, if required by Section
11.2, of all of the Lenders) otherwise consents:
- ----                                            

         6.1   Payment of Subordinated Obligations.  Pay any (a) principal
               -----------------------------------                        
(including sinking fund payments) or any other amount (other than scheduled
- ----------                                             ----------          
interest payments) with respect to any Subordinated Obligation, or purchase or
redeem (or offer to purchase or redeem) any Subordinated Obligation, or deposit
any monies, securities or other Property with any trustee or other Person to
provide assurance that the principal or any portion thereof of any Subordinated
Obligation will be paid when due or otherwise to provide for the defeasance of
any Subordinated Obligation or (b) scheduled interest on any Subordinated
Obligation unless the payment thereof is then permitted pursuant to the terms of
           ------                                                               
the indenture or other agreement governing such Subordinated Obligation;
                                                                        
provided, that payments of principal and interest may be made under any Senior
- --------                                                                      
Subordinated Notes so long as no Event of Default then exists or would result
therefrom.

         6.2   Disposition of Property. Make any Disposition of its Property,
               -----------------------
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (a) except a Disposition by Borrower to
                                             ------
a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, or by a Subsidiary to Borrower or a Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary and (b) a Disposition for which the Net Cash Sales Proceeds, when
added to the aggregate Net Cash Sales Proceeds of all Dispositions made after
the Closing Date, does not exceed $500,000.

         6.3   Mergers. Merge or consolidate with or into any Person, except (a)
               -------                                                ------   
mergers and consolidations of a Subsidiary of Borrower into Borrower or a
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or of Subsidiaries with each other and (b) a merger or
consolidation of a Person into Borrower or with or into a Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary of Borrower which constitutes a Permitted Acquisition; provided that
                                                                  -------- 
i) Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary is the surviving entity, (ii) no Change
in Control results therefrom, (iii) no Default or Event of Default then exists
or would result therefrom and (iv) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries execute
such amendments to the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably
determine are appropriate as a result of such merger .

                                      -52-
<PAGE>
 
         6.4   Hostile Acquisitions.  Directly or indirectly use the proceeds
               --------------------                                          
of any Loan in connection with the acquisition of part or all of a voting
interest of five percent (5%) or more in any corporation or other business
entity if such acquisition is opposed by the board of directors of such
corporation or business entity.

         6.5   Acquisitions.  Make any Acquisition, except a Permitted
               ------------                         ------            
Acquisition; provided that no Default or Event of Default then exists or would
             --------                                                         
result therefrom.

         6.6   Distributions. Make any Distribution, whether from capital,
               -------------
income or otherwise, and whether in Cash or other Property, except:

               (a)    Distributions by any Subsidiary of Borrower to Borrower or
     any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

               (b)    dividends payable solely in Common Stock or rights to
     purchase Common Stock;

               (c)    repurchases or redemptions of Common Stock owned by
     sellers of a business which was previously the subject of an Acquisition in
     accordance with terms binding on Borrower and such sellers at the time of
     such Acquisition; and

               (d)    repurchases or redemptions of Common Stock, provided that
     (i) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom
     and (ii) the aggregate repurchase/redemption price does not exceed
     $5,000,000 for all such repurchases and redemptions during the term of this
     Agreement.

         6.7   ERISA.   At any time, permit any Pension Plan to:  (i) engage
               -----                                                        
in any non-exempt "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section 4975 of the
Code); (ii) fail to comply with ERISA or any other applicable Laws; (iii) incur
any material "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of
ERISA); or (iv) terminate in any manner, which, with respect to each event
listed above, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect or (b) withdraw, completely or partially, from any Multiemployer Plan if
to do so could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

         6.8   Change in Nature of Business. Make any material change in the
               ----------------------------
nature of the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                                      -53-
<PAGE>
 
         6.9   Liens and Negative Pledges.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to
               --------------------------                                     
exist any Lien or Negative Pledge of any nature upon or with respect to any of
their respective Properties, or engage in any sale and leaseback transaction
with respect to any of their respective Properties, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, except:
                    ------ 

               (a)    Liens and Negative Pledges existing on the Closing Date
         and disclosed in Schedule 4.7 and any renewals/extensions or amendments
                          ------------ 
         thereof, provided that the obligations secured or benefited thereby are
                  --------
         not increased;

               (b)    Liens and Negative Pledges under the Loan Documents;

               (c)    Permitted Encumbrances;

               (d)    Liens on Property acquired by Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries that were in existence at the time of the acquisition of such
     Property and were not created in contemplation of such acquisition; and

               (e)    Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.10(d)
                                                                       ------- 
     on and limited to the capital assets acquired, constructed or financed with
     the proceeds of such Indebtedness or with the proceeds of any Indebtedness
     directly or indirectly refinanced by such Indebtedness.

         6.10  Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations. Create, incur or assume
               -------------------------------------
     any Indebtedness or Guaranty Obligation except:
             
               (a)    Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations existing on the
     Closing Date and disclosed in Schedule 6.10, and refinancings, renewals,
                                   -------------
     extensions or amendments that do not increase the amount thereof;

               (b)    Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations under the Loan
     Documents;

               (c)    Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations owed to Borrower or
     any of its Subsidiaries;

               (d)    Indebtedness consisting of Capital Lease Obligations, or
     otherwise incurred to finance the purchase or construction of capital
     assets (which shall be deemed to exist if the Indebtedness is incurred at
     or within 90 days before or after the purchase or construction of the
     capital asset), or to

                                      -54-
<PAGE>
 
     refinance any such Indebtedness, provided that the aggregate principal
                                      --------                             
     amount of such Indebtedness incurred in any Fiscal Year does not exceed
     $500,000;


               (e)    Seller Subordinated Notes issued in connection with a
     Permitted Acquisition;

               (f)    Subordinated Obligations (other than Seller Subordinated
                                                ----- ----
     Notes) in such amount as may be approved in writing by the Requisite
     Lenders;

               (g)    Indebtedness consisting of debt securities for which the
     Net Cash Issuance Proceeds will be applied as a mandatory prepayment
     pursuant to Section 3.1(e);
                         ------  

               (h)    Indebtedness consisting of the Interest Rate Protection
     Agreements required by Section 5.14;
                                    ---- 

               (i)    Indebtedness in addition to that described above, provided
                                                                        --------
     that no more than $250,000 of such Indebtedness is incurred in any Fiscal
     Year; and

               (j)    Guaranty Obligations in support of the obligations of a
     Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, provided that such obligations are not prohibited
                              --------  
     by this Agreement.

         6.11  Transactions with Affiliates.  Enter into any transaction of any
               ----------------------------                                    
kind with any Affiliate of Borrower other than (a) salary, bonus, employee stock
                                    ----------                                  
option and other compensation arrangements with directors or officers in the
ordinary course of business or with individuals in connection with a Permitted
Acquisition, (b) transactions that are fully disclosed to the board of directors
(or executive committee thereof) of Borrower and expressly authorized by a
resolution of the board of directors (or executive committee) of Borrower which
is approved by a majority of the directors (or executive committee) not having
an interest in the transaction, (c) transactions between or among Borrower and
its Subsidiaries and (d) transactions on overall terms at least as favorable to
Borrower or its Subsidiaries as would be the case in an arm's-length transaction
between unrelated parties of equal bargaining power.

                                      -55-
<PAGE>
 
         6.12  Current Ratio.  Permit the Current Ratio, as of the last day of
               -------------                                                  
any Fiscal Quarter, to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite the
period during which such Fiscal Quarter ends:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Period                                    Ratio
               ------                                    -----
<S>                                                   <C>                      
         July 31, 1997 through                     
         July 31, 1998                                 0.75 to 1.00
 
         August 1, 1998 through
         July 31, 1999                                 1.00 to 1.00
 
         August 1, 1999
           and thereafter                              1.10 to 1.00
 
</TABLE>

         6.13  Funded Debt Ratio.  Permit the Funded Debt Ratio, as of the last
               -----------------                                               
day of any Fiscal Quarter, to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite
the period during which such Fiscal Quarter ends:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
               Period                                    Ratio
               ------                                    -----  
<S>                                                    <C>
 
         July 31, 1997 through
         July 30, 1998                                 3.25 to 1.00
 
         July 31, 1998 through
         July 30, 1999                                 2.75 to 1.00
  
         July 31, 1999 through
         July 30, 2000                                 2.00 to 1.00
  
         July 31, 2000 and
            thereafter                                 1.75 to 1.00
 </TABLE>

                                      -56-
<PAGE>
 
     6.14  Minimum Trailing EBITDA.  Permit Trailing EBITDA, as of the last day
           -----------------------                                             
of any Fiscal Quarter, to be less than the amount set forth below opposite such
Fiscal Quarter:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      
                   Fiscal Quarter                    
                        Ending              Amount   
                        ------              ------    
          <S>                             <C>        
                                                     
                  July 31, 1997           $10,000,000
                  October 31, 1997         12,000,000
                  January 31, 1998         15,000,000
                  April 30, 1998           18,000,000
                  July 31, 1998            20,000,000
                  October 31, 1998         23,000,000
                  January 31, 1999         25,000,000
                  April 30, 1999           25,000,000
                  July 31, 1999            25,000,000
                  October 31, 1999 and               
                      thereafter           28,600,000 
</TABLE>

   6.15  Stockholders' Equity.  Permit Stockholders' Equity, as of the last day
         --------------------                                                  
of any Fiscal Quarter ending after the Closing Date, to be less than the sum of
                                                                         ------
(a)$90,000,000, plus (b) 100% of Net Income in the Fiscal Quarter ending July
                ----                                                         
31, 1997 and each Fiscal Quarter thereafter (with no deduction for a net loss in
any such Fiscal Quarter) plus (c) 100% of the proceeds of any issuance by
                         ----                                            
Borrower of equity securities (except to employees or former employees of
                               ------                                    
Borrower pursuant to an employee stock option plan maintained by Borrower)
subsequent to the Closing Date.

   6.16  Investments.  Make or suffer to exist any Investment, other than:
         -----------                                           ----- ---- 

             (a) Investments in existence on the Closing Date and disclosed on
                                                                              
     Schedule 6.16;
     ------------- 

             (b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

             (c) Investments in a Person that is the subject of a Permitted
     Acquisition;

             (d) Investments consisting of advances to officers, directors and
     employees of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for travel, entertainment,
     relocation, anticipated bonus and analogous ordinary business purposes;

                                      -57-
<PAGE>
 
             (e) Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary of Borrower and
     Investments of any such Subsidiary in another Subsidiary;

             (f) Investments consisting of  the extension of credit to customers
     or suppliers of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
     business and any Investments received in satisfaction or partial
     satisfaction thereof;

             (g) Investments received in connection with the settlement of a
     bona fide dispute with another Person; and

             (h) Investments representing all or a portion of the sales price of
     Property sold or services provided to another Person.

     6.17  Subsidiary Indebtedness.  Permit (whether or not otherwise permitted
           -----------------------                                             
under Section 6.10) any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist
              ----                                                            
any Indebtedness or Guaranty Obligation, except (a) Indebtedness and Guaranty
                                         ------                              
Obligations in existence on the Closing Date, (b) the Subsidiary Guaranty, (c)
Indebtedness owed to Borrower or another Subsidiary of Borrower and (d) Capital
Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations of a Subsidiary in respect of
Property used by that Subsidiary.

     6.18  Amendments to Subordinated Obligations.  Amend or modify any term or
           --------------------------------------                              
provision of any indenture, agreement or instrument evidencing or governing any
Subordinated Obligation in any respect that will or may adversely affect the
interests of the Lenders.

                                      -58-
<PAGE>
 
                                   Article 7
                     INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
                     --------------------------------------


         7.1  Financial and Business Information.  So long as any Advance
              ----------------------------------                         
remains unpaid, or any other Obligation remains unpaid, or any portion of the
Commitment remains in force, Borrower shall, unless the Administrative Agent
(with the written approval of the Requisite Lenders) otherwise consents, at
Borrower's sole expense, deliver to the Administrative Agent for distribution by
it to the Lenders, a sufficient number of copies for all of the Lenders of the
following:

             (a) As soon as practicable, and in any event within 45 days after
     the end of each Fiscal Quarter (other than the fourth Fiscal Quarter in any
                                     ----- ----                                 
     Fiscal Year), the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the consolidated
     statements of operations and cash flows for such Fiscal Quarter, and the
     portion of the Fiscal Year ended with such Fiscal Quarter, all in
     reasonable detail.  Such financial statements shall be certified by the
     chief financial officer of Borrower as fairly presenting the financial
     condition, results of operations and cash flows of Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (other than footnote disclosures),
     consistently applied, as at such date and for such periods, subject only to
     normal year-end accruals and audit adjustments;

             (b) As soon as practicable, and in any event within 45 days after
     the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a Pricing Certificate setting forth a
     calculation of the Funded Debt Ratio as of the last day of such Fiscal
     Quarter, and providing reasonable detail as to the calculation thereof,
     which calculations in the case of the fourth Fiscal Quarter in any Fiscal
     Year shall be based on the preliminary unaudited financial statements of
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter, and as soon as
     practicable thereafter, in the event of any material variance in the actual
     calculation of the Funded Debt Ratio from such preliminary calculation, a
     revised Pricing Certificate setting forth the actual calculation thereof;

             (c) As soon as practicable, and in any event within 90 days after
     the end of each Fiscal Year, the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and
     its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the consolidated
     statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows, in each case
     of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, all in reasonable
     detail. Such financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with
     GAAP, consistently applied, and shall be accompanied by a report of
     Deloitte &

                                      -59-
<PAGE>
 
     Touche LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized standing
     selected by Borrower and reasonably satisfactory to the Requisite Lenders,
     which report shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted
     auditing standards as at such date, and shall not be subject to any
     qualifications or exceptions as to the scope of the audit nor to any other
     qualification or exception determined by the Requisite Lenders in their
     good faith business judgment to be adverse to the interests of the Lenders.
     Such accountants' report shall be accompanied by a certificate stating
     that, in making the examination pursuant to generally accepted auditing
     standards necessary for the certification of such financial statements and
     such report, such accountants have obtained no knowledge of any Default
     then existing or, if, in the opinion of such accountants, any such Default
     shall exist, stating the nature and status of such Default, and stating
     that such accountants have reviewed Borrower's financial calculations as at
     the end of such Fiscal Year (which shall accompany such certificate) under
     Sections 6.12 through 6.17, have read such Sections (including the
              ----         ----                                        
     definitions of all defined terms used therein) and that nothing has come to
     the attention of such accountants in the course of such examination that
     would cause them to believe that the same were not calculated by Borrower
     in the manner prescribed by this Agreement;

             (d) As soon as practicable, and in any event within thirty (30)
     days after the commencement of each Fiscal Year, a budget and projection by
     Fiscal Quarter for that Fiscal Year and by Fiscal Year for the next two
     succeeding Fiscal Years, including for the first such Fiscal Year,
                              ---------                                
     projected consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations and
     statements of cash flow and, for the second and third such Fiscal Years,
     projected consolidated condensed balance sheets and statements of
     operations and cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, all in
     reasonable detail;

             (e) Promptly after request by the Administrative Agent or any
     Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recom
     mendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of
     the board of directors) of Borrower by independent accountants in
     connection with the accounts or books of Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries, or any audit of any of them;

             (f) Promptly after the same are available, and in any event within
     five (5) Banking Days after filing with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or
     other report or communication sent to the stockholders of Borrower, and
     copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and
     registration statements which

                                      -60-
<PAGE>
 
     Borrower may file or be required to file with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934, as amended, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Lenders
     pursuant to other provisions of this Section 7.1;
                                                  --- 

             (g) Promptly after request by the Administrative Agent or any
     Lender, copies of any other report or other document that was filed by
     Borrower with any Governmental Agency;

             (h) Promptly upon a Senior Officer becoming aware, and in any event
     within five (5) Banking Days after becoming aware, of the occurrence of any
     (i) "reportable event" (as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA,
     but excluding such events as to which the PBGC has by regulation waived the
         ---------                                                              
     requirement therein contained that it be notified within thirty days of the
     occurrence of such event) or (ii) non-exempt "prohibited transaction" (as
     such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code)
     involving any Pension Plan or any trust created thereunder, telephonic
     notice specifying the nature thereof, and, no more than two (2) Banking
     Days after such telephonic notice, written notice again specifying the
     nature thereof and specifying what action Borrower is taking or proposes to
     take with respect thereto, and, when known, any action taken by the
     Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto;

             (i) As soon as practicable, and in any event within two (2) Banking
     Days after a Senior Officer becomes aware of the existence of any condition
     or event which constitutes a Default or Event of Default, telephonic notice
     specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, and, no more than
     two (2) Banking Days after such telephonic notice, written notice again
     specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and specifying what
     action Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

             (j) Promptly upon a Senior Officer becoming aware that (i) any
     Person has commenced a legal proceeding with respect to a claim against
     Borrower that is $2,000,000 or more in excess of the amount thereof that is
     fully covered by insurance, (ii) any creditor under a credit agreement
     involving Indebtedness of $1,000,000 or more or any lessor under a lease
     involving aggregate rent of $1,000,000 or more has asserted a default
     thereunder on the part of Borrower or, (iii) any Person has commenced a
     legal proceeding with respect to a claim against Borrower under a contract
     that is not a credit agreement or material lease with respect to a claim of
     in excess of $2,000,000 or which otherwise may reasonably be expected to
     result in a Material Adverse
                                      -61-
<PAGE>
 
     Effect, a written notice describing the pertinent facts relating thereto
     and what action Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect
     thereto; and

             (k) Such other data and information as from time to time may be
     reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, any Lender (through the
     Administrative Agent) or the Requisite Lenders.

         7.2  Compliance Certificates.  So long as any Advance remains unpaid,
              -----------------------                                         
or any other Obligation remains unpaid or unperformed, or any portion of the
Commitment remains outstanding, Borrower shall, at Borrower's sole expense,
deliver to the Administrative Agent for distribution by it to the Lenders
concurrently with the financial statements required pursuant to Sections 7.1(a)
                                                                         ------
and 7.1(d), a Compliance Certificate signed by a Senior Officer.
    ------                                                      

                                      -62-
<PAGE>
 
                                   Article 8
                                  CONDITIONS 
                                  ----------


         8.1  Initial Advances.  The obligation of each Lender to make the
              ----------------                                            
initial Advance to be made by it is subject to the following conditions
precedent, each of which shall be satisfied prior to the making of the initial
Advances (unless all of the Lenders, in their sole and absolute discretion,
shall agree otherwise):

             (a) The Administrative Agent shall have received all of the
     following, each of which shall be originals unless otherwise specified,
     each properly executed by a Responsible Official of each party thereto,
     each dated as of the Closing Date and each in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel (unless
     otherwise specified or, in the case of the date of any of the following,
     unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees or directs):

               (1) at least one (1) executed counterpart of this Agreement,
          together with arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
          for additional executed counterparts, sufficient in number for
          distribution to the Lenders and Borrower;

               (2) Notes executed by Borrower in favor of each Lender, each in a
          principal amount equal to that Lender's Pro Rata Share of the
          Commitment;

               (3) the Subsidiary Guaranty executed by each Subsidiary
          Guarantor;

               (4) the Security Agreement executed by Borrower and each
          Subsidiary Guarantor;

               (5) such financing statements on Form UCC-1 executed by Borrower
          and each Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to the Security Agreement
          as the Administrative Agent may request;


               (6) the Pledge Agreement executed by Borrower, together with the
          Pledged Collateral accompanied by appropriate stock powers and
          promissory note endorsements endorsed in blank;

                                      -63-
<PAGE>
 
               (7)  with respect to Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, such
     documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to
     establish the due organization, valid existence and good standing of
     Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, their qualification to engage in
     business in each material jurisdiction in which they are engaged in
     business or required to be so qualified, their authority to execute,
     deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a Party, the
     identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Official thereof
     authorized to act on their behalf, including certified copies of articles
                                        ---------
     of incorporation and amendments thereto, bylaws and amendments thereto,
     certificates of good standing and/or qualification to engage in business,
     tax clearance certificates, certificates of corporate resolutions,
     incumbency certificates, Certificates of Responsible Officials, and the
     like;

               (8)  the Opinion of Counsel;

               (9)  a Certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower
     certifying that the representation contained in Section 4.17 is, to the
                                                             ----           
     best of his or her knowledge, true and correct;

               (10) a Certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower
     certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 8.1(g) and 8.1(h) have
                                                          -----      ------     
     been satisfied; and

               (11) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or
     opinions as the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders reasonably
     may require.

          (b)  The arrangement fee payable pursuant to Section 3.2 shall have
                                                               ---           
been paid.

          (c)  Any agency fees payable on the Closing Date pursuant to Section
                                                                                
3.4 shall have been paid.
- ---

          (d)  All Indebtedness outstanding under the Prior Credit Agreement
shall have been (or shall concurrently be) paid and the same shall have been (or
shall concurrently be) terminated.

          (e)  The Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that, upon
the filing of the financing statements described in Section 8.1(a)(5) 
                                                            ---------

                                      -64-
<PAGE>
 
     with the appropriate Governmental Agencies, the Lenders will hold a first
     priority perfected Lien in the Collateral subject only to Permitted
     Encumbrances.

             (f) The reasonable costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent
     in connection with the preparation of the Loan Documents payable pursuant
     to Section 11.3, and invoiced to Borrower prior to the Closing Date, shall
                ----                                                           
     have been paid.

             (g) The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in
                                                                            
     Article 4 shall be true and correct in all material respects.
     ---------                                                    

             (h) Borrower and any other Parties shall be in compliance with all
     the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, and giving effect to the
     initial Advance, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing.

             (i) All legal matters relating to the Loan Documents shall be
     satisfactory to Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP, special counsel to
     the Administrative Agent.

             (j) The Closing Date shall have occurred on or before November 30,
     1997.

         8.2  Any Advance.  The obligation of each Lender to make any Advance is
              -----------                                                       
subject to the following conditions precedent (unless the Requisite Lenders or,
in any case where the approval of all of the Lenders is required pursuant to
Section 11.2, all of the Lenders, in their sole and absolute discretion, shall
        ----                                                                  
agree otherwise):

             (a) except (i) for representations and warranties which expressly
                 ------                                                       
     speak as of a particular date or are no longer true and correct as a result
     of a change which is permitted by this Agreement or (ii) as disclosed by
     Borrower and approved in writing by the Requisite Lenders, the
     representations and warranties contained in Article 4 (other than Sections
                                                 ---------  ----------         
     4.4(a), 4.6 (first sentence), 4.10 and 4.17) shall be true and correct in
     ------  ---                   ----     ----                              
     all material respects on and as of the date of the Advance as though made
     on that date;

             (b) no circumstance or event shall have occurred that constitutes a
     Material Adverse Effect since the Closing Date;

                                      -65-
<PAGE>
 
             (c) other than matters described in Schedule 4.10 or not required
                                                 -------------                
     as of the Closing Date to be therein described, there shall not be then
     pending or threatened any action, suit, proceeding or investigation against
     or affecting Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Property of any of
     them before any Governmental Agency that constitutes a Material Adverse
     Effect;

             (d) the Administrative Agent shall have timely received a Request
     for Loan in compliance with Article 2 (or telephonic or other request for
                                 ---------                                    
     Loan referred to in the second sentence of Section 2.1(b), if applicable),
                                                        ------                 
     in compliance with Article 2; and
                        ---------     

             (e) the Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and
     substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, such other assurances,
     certificates, documents or consents related to the foregoing as the
     Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders reasonably may require.

                                      -66-
<PAGE>
 
                                   Article 9
              EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
              ----------------------------------------------------


         9.1  Events of Default.  The existence or occurrence of any one or more
              -----------------                                                 
of the following events, whatever the reason therefor and under any
circumstances whatsoever, shall constitute an Event of Default:

             (a) Borrower fails to pay any principal on any of the Notes, or any
     portion thereof, on the date when due; or

             (b) Borrower fails to pay any interest on any of the Notes, or any
     fees under Sections 3.4 or 3.5, or any portion thereof, within two (2)
                         ---    ---                                        
     Banking Days after the date when due; or fails to pay any other fee or
     amount payable to the Lenders under any Loan Document, or any portion
     thereof, within two (2) Banking Days after demand therefor; or

             (c) Borrower fails to comply with any of the covenants contained in
                                                                                
     Article 6; or
     ---------    

             (d) Borrower fails to comply with Section 7.1(i) in any respect
                                                       ------               
     that is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders; or

             (e) Borrower or any other Party fails to perform or observe any
     other covenant or agreement (not specified in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d)
                                                           -    -    -      - 
     above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or
     observed within twenty (20) Banking Days after the giving of notice by the
     Administrative Agent on behalf of the Requisite Lenders of such Default or,
     if such Default is not reasonably susceptible of cure within such period,
     within such longer period as is reasonably necessary to effect a cure so
     long as such Borrower or such Party continues to diligently pursue cure of
     such Default but not in any event in excess of forty (40) Banking Days; or

             (f) Any representation or warranty of Borrower or a Subsidiary
     Guarantor made in any Loan Document, or in any certificate or other writing
     delivered by Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any Loan
     Document, proves to have been incorrect when made or reaffirmed in any
     respect that is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders; or

             (g) Borrower (i) fails to pay the principal, or any principal
     installment, of any present or future Indebtedness of $5,000,000 or more,
     or any 

                                      -67-
<PAGE>
 
     guaranty of present or future Indebtedness of $5,000,000 or more, on its
     part to be paid, when due (or within any stated grace period), whether at
     the stated maturity, upon acceleration, by reason of required prepayment or
     otherwise or (ii) fails to perform or observe any other term, covenant or
     agreement on its part to be performed or observed, or suffers any event of
     default to occur, in connection with any present or future Indebtedness of
     $5,000,000 or more, or of any guaranty of present or future Indebtedness of
     $5,000,000 or more, if as a result of such failure or sufferance any holder
     or holders thereof (or an agent or trustee on its or their behalf) has the
     right to declare such Indebtedness due before the date on which it
     otherwise would become due or the right to require Borrower to redeem or
     purchase, or offer to redeem or purchase, all or any portion of such
     Indebtedness; or

             (h) Any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery
     and for any reason other than the agreement or action (or omission to act)
                        ----- ----                                             
     of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or satisfaction in full of all
     the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared by a
     court of competent jurisdiction to be null and void, invalid or
     unenforceable in any respect which is materially adverse to the interests
     of the Lenders; or any Collateral Document ceases (other than by action or
     inaction of the Administrative Agent or any Lender) to create a valid and
     effective Lien in any material portion of the Collateral; or any Party
     thereto denies in writing that it has any or further liability or
     obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or
     rescind same; or

             (i) A final judgment against Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor
     is entered for the payment of money in excess of $1,000,000 (not covered by
     insurance or for which an insurer has reserved its rights) and, absent
     procurement of a stay of execution, such judgment remains unsatisfied for
     thirty (30) calendar days after the date of entry of judgment, or in any
     event later than five (5) days prior to the date of any proposed sale
     thereunder; or any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar
     process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the
     Property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded
     within thirty (30) calendar days after its issue or levy; or

             (j) Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor institutes or consents to
     the institution of any proceeding under a Debtor Relief Law relating to it
     or to all or any material part of its Property, or is unable or admits in
     writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, or makes an
     assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the
     appointment of any 

                                      -68-
<PAGE>
 
     receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or
     similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its Property; or
     any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or
     similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of that
     Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty
     (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under a Debtor Relief Law relating to
     any such Person or to all or any part of its Property is instituted without
     the consent of that Person and con tinues undismissed or unstayed for sixty
     (60) calendar days; or

             (k) The occurrence of an Event of Default (as such term is or may
     hereafter be specifically defined in any other Loan Document) under any
     other Loan Document; or

             (l) Any holder of a Subordinated Obligation asserts in writing that
     such Subordinated Obligation is not subordinated to the Obligations in
     accordance with its terms and Borrower does not promptly deny in writing
     such assertion and contest any attempt by such holder to take action based
     on such assertion; or

             (m) Any Pension Plan maintained by Borrower is finally determined
     by the PBGC to have a material "accumulated funding deficiency" as that
     term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA in excess of an amount equal to 5%
     of the consolidated total assets of Borrower as of the most-recently ended
     Fiscal Quarter; or

             (n) The Requisite Lenders determine in good faith that a
     circumstance or event has occurred that constitutes a Material Adverse
     Effect.

         9.2  Remedies Upon Event of Default.  Without limiting any other rights
              ------------------------------                                    
or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders provided for elsewhere in
this Agreement, or the other Loan Documents, or by applicable Law, or in equity,
or otherwise:

             (a) Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance, of any Event
     of Default other than an Event of Default described in Section 9.1(j):
                ----- ----                                          ------ 

               (1) the Commitment to make Advances and all other obligations of
          the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and all rights of Borrower and
          any other Parties under the Loan Documents shall be suspended without
          notice to or demand upon Borrower, which are expressly waived by
          Borrower, except that all of the Lenders or the
                    ------

                                      -69-
<PAGE>
 
          Requisite Lenders (as the case may be, in accordance with Section
          11.2) may waive an Event of Default or, without waiving, determine,
          ----
          upon terms and conditions satisfactory to the Lenders or Requisite
          Lenders, as the case may be, to reinstate the Commitment and such
          other obligations and rights and make further Advances, which waiver
          or determination shall apply equally to, and shall be binding upon,
          all the Lenders; and

                    (2)  the Requisite Lenders may request the Administrative
          Agent to, and the Administrative Agent thereupon shall, terminate the
          Commitment and/or declare all or any part of the unpaid principal of
          all Notes, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other
          amounts payable under the Loan Documents to be forthwith due and
          payable, whereupon the same shall become and be forthwith due and
          payable, without protest, presentment, notice of dishonor, demand or
          further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by
          Borrower.

             (b) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in
Section 9.1(j):
        ------ 

                    (1)  the Commitment to make Advances and all other
     obligations of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and all rights of
     Borrower and any other Parties under the Loan Documents shall termi nate
     without notice to or demand upon Borrower, which are expressly waived by
     Borrower, except that all of the Lenders may waive the Event of Default or,
               ------
     without waiving, determine, upon terms and conditions satisfactory to all
     the Lenders, to reinstate the Commitment and such other obligations and
     rights and make further Advances, which determi nation shall apply equally
     to, and shall be binding upon, all the Lenders; and

                    (2)  the unpaid principal of all Notes, all interest accrued
     and unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents
     shall be forthwith due and payable, without protest, present ment, notice
     of dishonor, demand or further notice of any kind, all of which are
     expressly waived by Borrower.

             (c) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Lenders and
     the Administrative Agent, or any of them, without notice to (except as
                                                                  ------   
     expressly provided for in any Loan Document) or demand upon Borrower, which
     are expressly waived by Borrower (except as to notices expressly 
                                       ------

                                      -70-
<PAGE>
 
     provided for in any Loan Document), may proceed (but only with the consent
     of the Requisite Lenders) to protect, exercise and enforce their rights and
     remedies under the Loan Documents against Borrower and any other Party and
     such other rights and remedies as are provided by Law or equity.

             (d) The order and manner in which the Lenders' rights and remedies
     are to be exercised shall be determined by the Requisite Lenders in their
     sole discretion, and all payments received by the Administrative Agent and
     the Lenders, or any of them, shall be applied first to the costs and
     expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and the
     reasonably allocated costs of attorneys employed by the Administrative
     Agent or by any Lender) of the Administrative Agent and of the Lenders, and
     thereafter paid pro rata to the Lenders in the same proportions that the
     aggregate Obligations owed to each Lender under the Loan Documents bear to
     the aggregate Obligations owed under the Loan Documents to all the Lenders,
     without priority or preference among the Lenders.  Regardless of how each
     Lender may treat payments for the purpose of its own accounting, for the
     purpose of computing Borrower' Obligations hereunder and under the Notes,
     payments shall be applied first, to the costs and expenses of the
                               -----                                  
     Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as set forth above, second, to the
                                                               ------        
     payment of accrued and unpaid interest due under any Loan Documents to and
     including the date of such application (ratably, and without duplication,
     according to the accrued and unpaid interest due under each of the Loan
     Documents), and third, to the payment of all other amounts (including
                     -----                                                
     principal and fees) then owing to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders
     under the Loan Documents.  No applica  tion of payments will cure any Event
     of Default, or prevent acceleration, or continued acceleration, of amounts
     payable under the Loan Documents, or prevent the exercise, or continued
     exercise, of rights or remedies of the Lenders hereunder or thereunder or
     at Law or in equity.

                                      -71-
<PAGE>
 
                                  Article 10
                           THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
                           ------------------------

         10.1  Appointment and Authorization.  Subject to Section 10.8, each
               -----------------------------                      ----      
Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to
take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the
Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof
or are reasonably incidental, as determined by the Administrative Agent,
thereto.  This appointment and authorization is intended solely for the purpose
of facilitating the servicing of the Loans and does not constitute appointment
of the Administrative Agent as trustee for any Lender or as representative of
any Lender for any other purpose and, except as specifically set forth in the
                                      ------                                 
Loan Documents to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall take such action
and exercise such powers only in an administrative and ministerial capacity.

         10.2  Administrative Agent and Affiliates.  Wells Fargo Bank, National
               -----------------------------------                             
Association (and each successor Administrative Agent) has the same rights and
powers under the Loan Documents as any other Lender and may exercise the same as
though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the term "Lender" or "Lenders"
includes Wells Fargo Bank, National Association in its individual capacity.
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (and each successor Administrative Agent)
and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage
in any kind of banking, trust or other business with Borrower, any Subsidiary
thereof, or any Affiliate of Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, as if it were
not the Administrative Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the
Lenders.  Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (and each successor
Administrative Agent) need not account to any other Lender for any monies
received by it for reimbursement of its costs and expenses as Administrative
Agent hereunder, or (subject to Section 11.10) for any monies received by it in
                                        -----                                  
its capacity as a Lender hereunder.  The Administrative Agent shall not be
deemed to hold a fiduciary relationship with any Lender and no implied
covenants, functions, responsi  bilities, duties, obligations or liabilities
shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist against the Administrative
Agent.

         10.3  Proportionate Interest in any Collateral.  The Administrative
               ----------------------------------------                     
Agent, on behalf of all the Lenders, shall hold in accordance with the Loan
Documents all items of any collateral or interests therein received or held by
the Administrative Agent.  Subject to the Administrative Agent's and the
Lenders' rights to reimbursement for their costs and expenses hereunder
(including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and other professional
- ----------                                                                    
services and the reasonably allocated costs of attorneys employed by the
Administrative Agent or a Lender) and subject to the

                                      -72-
<PAGE>
 
application of payments in accordance with Section 9.2(d), each Lender shall
                                                   ------                   
have an interest in the Lenders' interest in such collateral or interests
therein in the same proportions that the aggregate Obligations owed such Lender
under the Loan Documents bear to the aggregate Obligations owed under the Loan
Documents to all the Lenders, without priority or preference among the Lenders,
except that Obligations owed to any Lender under a Secured Interest Rate
- ------                                                                  
Protection Agreement shall be secured on a pari passu basis with all other
                                           ---- -----                     
Obligations up to an amount equal to the Administrative Agent's then customary
credit risk factor for Interest Rate Protection Agreements times the notional
amount of Indebtedness covered by such Secured Interest Rate Protection
Agreement and shall be secured on a subordinate basis as to amounts in excess of
such amount.

         10.4  Lenders' Credit Decisions.  Each Lender agrees that it has,
               -------------------------                                  
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any other
Lender or the directors, officers, agents, employees or attorneys of the
Administrative Agent or of any other Lender, and instead in reliance upon
information supplied to it by or on behalf of Borrower and upon such other
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own independent credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also agrees that
it shall, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any
other Lender or the directors, officers, agents, employees or attorneys of the
Administrative Agent or of any other Lender, continue to make its own
independent credit analyses and decisions in acting or not acting under the Loan
Documents.

         10.5  Action by Administrative Agent.
               ------------------------------ 

               (a) Absent actual knowledge of the Administrative Agent of the
     existence of a Default, the Administrative Agent may assume that no Default
     has occurred and is continuing, unless the Administrative Agent (or the
     Lender that is then the Administrative Agent) has received notice from
     Borrower stating the nature of the Default or has received notice from a
     Lender stating the nature of the Default and that such Lender considers the
     Default to have occurred and to be continuing.

               (b) The Administrative Agent has only those obligations under the
     Loan Documents as are expressly set forth therein.

               (c) Except for any obligation expressly set forth in the Loan
                   ------                                                   
     Documents and as long as the Administrative Agent may assume that no Event
     of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may,
     but shall not be required to, exercise its discretion to act or not act,
     except that the 
     ------                                                                  

                                      -73-
<PAGE>
 
     Administrative Agent shall be required to act or not act upon the
     instructions of the Requisite Lenders (or of all the Lenders, to the extent
     required by Section 11.2) and those instructions shall be binding upon the
                         ----
     Administrative Agent and all the Lenders, provided that the Administrative
                                               --------     
     Agent shall not be required to act or not act if to do so would be contrary
     to any Loan Document or to applicable Law or would result, in the
     reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, in substantial risk of
     liability to the Administrative Agent.

               (d) If the Administrative Agent has received a notice specified
     in clause (a), the Administrative Agent shall immediately give notice
     thereof to the Lenders and shall act or not act upon the instructions of
     the Requisite Lenders (or of all the Lenders, to the extent required by
     Section 11.2), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required
             ----   --------
     to act or not act if to do so would be contrary to any Loan Document or to
     applicable Law or would result, in the reasonable judgment of the
     Administrative Agent, in substantial risk of liability to the
     Administrative Agent, and except that if the Requisite Lenders (or all the
                               ------
     Lenders, if required under Section 11.2) fail, for five (5) Banking Days
                                        ----
     after the receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent, to instruct the
     Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent, in its sole
     discretion, may act or not act as it deems advisable for the protection of
     the interests of the Lenders.

               (e) The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any
     Lender for acting, or not acting, as instructed by the Requisite Lenders
     (or all the Lenders, if required under Section 11.2), notwithstanding any
                                                    ----
     other provision hereof.

         10.6  Liability of Administrative Agent.  Neither the Administrative
               ---------------------------------                             
Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents, employees or attorneys shall
be liable for any action taken or not taken by them under or in connection with
the Loan Documents, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
                    ------      
Without limitation on the foregoing, the Administrative Agent and its directors,
officers, agents, employees and attorneys:

               (a) May treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until
     the Administrative Agent receives notice of the assignment or transfer
     thereof, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, signed by the
     payee, and may treat each Lender as the owner of that Lender's interest in
     the Obligations for all purposes of this Agreement until the Administrative
     Agent receives notice of the 

                                      -74-
<PAGE>
 
     assignment or transfer thereof, in form satisfactory to the Administrative
     Agent, signed by that Lender;

             (b) May consult with legal counsel (including in-house legal
                                                 ---------               
     counsel), accountants (including in-house accountants) and other
                            ---------                                
     professionals or experts selected by it, or with legal counsel, accountants
     or other profes  sionals or experts for Borrower and/or their Subsidiaries
     or the Lenders, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken
     by it in good faith in accordance with any advice of such legal counsel,
     accountants or other professionals or experts;

             (c) Shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statement,
     warranty or representation made in any of the Loan Documents or in any
     notice, certificate, report, request or other statement (written or oral)
     given or made in connection with any of the Loan Documents;

             (d) Except to the extent expressly set forth in the Loan Documents,
                 ------                                                         
     shall have no duty to ask or inquire as to the performance or observance by
     Borrower or its Subsidiaries of any of the terms, conditions or covenants
     of any of the Loan Documents or to inspect any collateral or any Property,
     books or records of Borrower or their Subsidiaries;

             (e) Will not be responsible to any Lender for the due execution,
     legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, effectiveness, sufficiency
     or value of any Loan Document, any other instrument or writing furnished
     pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, or any collateral;

             (f) Will not incur any liability by acting or not acting in
     reliance upon any Loan Document, notice, consent, certificate, statement,
     request or other instrument or writing believed in good faith by it to be
     genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties; and

             (g) Will not incur any liability for any arithmetical error in
     computing any amount paid or payable by Borrower or any Subsidiary or
     Affiliate thereof or paid or payable to or received or receivable from any
     Lender under any Loan Document, including, without limitation, principal,
                                     ---------                                
     interest, commitment fees, Advances and other amounts; provided that,
                                                            --------      
     promptly upon discovery of such an error in computation, the Administrative
     Agent, the Lenders and (to the extent applicable) Borrower and/or its
     Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall make such adjustments as are necessary to
     correct such error and

                                      -75-
<PAGE>
 
     to restore the parties to the position that they would have occupied had
     the error not occurred.

         10.7  Indemnification.  Each Lender shall, ratably in accordance with
               ---------------                                                
its Pro Rata Share of the Commitment (if the Commitment is then in effect) or in
accordance with its proportion of the aggregate Indebtedness then evidenced by
the Notes (if the Commitment has then been terminated), indemnify and hold the
Administrative Agent and its directors, officers, agents, employees and
attorneys harmless against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
of any kind or nature whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys' fees and
                                  ---------                               
disbursements and allocated costs of attorneys employed by the Administrative
Agent) that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against it or them in any
way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents (other than losses incurred
by reason of the failure of Borrower to pay the Indebtedness represented by the
Notes) or any action taken or not taken by it as Administrative Agent
thereunder, except such as result from its own gross negligence or willful
            ------                                                        
misconduct.  Without limitation on the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse
the Administrative Agent upon demand for that Lender's Pro Rata Share of any
out-of-pocket cost or expense incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection
with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, amendment, waiver,
restruc  turing, reorganization (including a bankruptcy reorganization),
                                 ---------                              
enforcement or attempted enforcement of the Loan Documents, to the extent that
Borrower or any other Party is required by Section 11.3 to pay that cost or
                                                   ----                    
expense but fails to do so upon demand.  Nothing in this Section 10.7 shall
                                                                 ----      
entitle the Administrative Agent or any indemnitee referred to above to recover
any amount from the Lenders if and to the extent that such amount has
theretofore been recovered from Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.  To the
extent that the Administrative Agent or any indemnitee referred to above is
later reimbursed such amount by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, it shall
return the amounts paid to it by the Lenders in respect of such amount.

         10.8  Successor Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may,
               ------------------------------                                
and at the request of the Requisite Lenders shall, resign as Administrative
Agent upon reasonable notice to the Lenders and Borrower effective upon
acceptance of appointment by a successor Administrative Agent.  If the
Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement,
the Requisite Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor
Administrative Agent for the Lenders, which successor Administrative Agent shall
be approved by Borrower (and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed). If no successor Administrative Agent is appointed prior to the
effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the
Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and
Borrower, a successor Administrative Agent from among the Lenders.

                                      -76-
<PAGE>
 
Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor Administrative Agent
hereunder, such successor Administrative Agent shall succeed to all the rights,
powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term
"Administrative Agent" shall mean such successor Administrative Agent and the
retiring Administrative Agent's appointment, powers and duties as Administrative
Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation
hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article 10, and
                                                          ----------
Sections 11.3, 11.11 and 11.22, shall inure to its benefit as to any actions
         ----  -----     -----
taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (a) the Administrative Agent has
not been paid its agency fees under Section 3.5 or has not been reimbursed for
                                            ---
any expense reimbursable to it under Section 11.3, in either case for a period
                                             ---- 
of at least one (1) year and (b) no successor Administrative Agent has accepted
appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days
following a retiring Administrative Agent's notice of resignation, the retiring
Administrative Agent's resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective
and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent
hereunder until such time, if any, as the Requisite Lenders appoint a successor
Administrative Agent as provided for above.

         10.9  No Obligations of Borrower.  Nothing contained in this Article 10
               --------------------------                                       
shall be deemed to impose upon Borrower any obligation in respect of the due and
punctual performance by the Administrative Agent of its obligations to the
Lenders under any provision of this Agreement, and Borrower shall have no
liability to the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders in respect of any
failure by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to perform any of its
obligations to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under this Agreement.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, where any provision of this
Agreement relating to the payment of any amounts due and owing under the Loan
Documents provides that such payments shall be made by Borrower to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, Borrower' obligations to
the Lenders in respect of such payments shall be deemed to be satisfied upon the
making of such payments to the Administrative Agent in the manner provided by
this Agreement.

                                      -77-
<PAGE>
 
                                  Article 11
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
                                 -------------


         11.1  Cumulative Remedies; No Waiver.  The rights, powers, privileges
               ------------------------------                                 
and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders provided herein or in
any Note or other Loan Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any right,
power, privilege or remedy provided by Law or equity.  No failure or delay on
the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right,
power, privilege or remedy may be, or may be deemed to be, a waiver thereof; nor
may any single or partial exercise of any right, power, privilege or remedy
preclude any other or further exercise of the same or any other right, power,
privilege or remedy.  The terms and conditions of Article 8 hereof are inserted
                                                  ---------                    
for the sole benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; the same may
be waived in whole or in part, with or without terms or conditions, in respect
of any Loan without prejudicing the Administrative Agent's or the Lenders'
rights to assert them in whole or in part in respect of any other Loan.

         11.2  Amendments; Consents.  No amendment, modification, supplement,
               --------------------                                          
extension, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, no approval or consent thereunder, and no consent to any
departure by Borrower or any other Party therefrom, may in any event be
effective unless in writing signed by the Administrative Agent with the written
approval of the Requisite Lenders (and, in the case of any amendment,
modification or supplement of or to any Loan Document to which Borrower is a
Party, signed by Borrower, and, in the case of any amendment, modification or
supplement to Article 10, signed by the Administrative Agent), and then only in
              ----------                                                       
the specific instance and for the specific purpose given; and, without the
approval in writing of all the Lenders, no amendment, modification, supplement,
termination, waiver or consent may be effective:

               (a) To amend or modify the principal of, or the amount of
     principal, principal prepayments or the rate of interest payable on, any
     Note, or the amount of the Commitment or the Pro Rata Share of any Lender
     or the amount of any commitment fee payable to any Lender, or any other fee
     or amount payable to any Lender under the Loan Documents or to waive an
     Event of Default consisting of the failure of Borrower to pay when due
     principal, interest or any fee;

               (b) To postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of,
     prepayment of principal of or any installment of interest on, any Note or
     any installment of any fee, or to extend the term of the Commitment;

                                      -78-
<PAGE>
 
               (c) To amend the provisions of the definition of "Requisite
                                                                 ---------
     Lenders," "Revolver Termination Date" or "Maturity Date"; or
                -------------------------      -------------     

               (d) To release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations
     under the Subsidiary Guaranty or to release any material Collateral from
     the Lien of the Collateral Documents; or

               (e) To amend or waive Article 8 or this Section 11.2; or
                                     ---------                 ----    

               (f) To amend any provision of this Agreement that expressly
     requires the consent or approval of all the Lenders.

Any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or consent pursuant
to this Section 11.2 shall apply equally to, and shall be binding upon, all the
                ----                                                           
Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

         11.3  Costs, Expenses and Taxes.  Borrower shall pay within five (5)
               -------------------------                                     
Banking Days after demand, accompanied by an invoice therefor, the reasonable
costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the
negotiation, preparation, syndication, execution and delivery of the Loan
Documents and any amendment thereto or waiver thereof.  Borrower shall also pay
on demand, accompanied by an invoice therefor, the reasonable costs and expenses
of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the refinancing,
restructur  ing, reorganization (including a bankruptcy reorganization) and
                                 ---------                                 
enforcement or attempted enforcement of the Loan Documents, and any matter
related thereto.  The foregoing costs and expenses shall include filing fees,
recording fees, title insurance fees, appraisal fees, search fees, and other
out-of-pocket expenses and the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of any
legal counsel (including reasonably allocated costs of legal counsel employed by
               ---------                                                        
the Administrative Agent or any Lender), independent public accountants and
other outside experts retained by the Administrative Agent or any Lender,
whether or not such costs and expenses are incurred or suffered by the
Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with or during the course of
any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings of any of Borrower or any Subsidiary
thereof.  Borrower shall pay any and all documentary and other taxes, excluding
                                                                      ---------
(i) taxes imposed on or measured in whole or in part by a Lender's overall net
income imposed on it by (A) any jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof)
in which it is organized or maintains its principal office or Eurodollar Lending
Office or (B) any jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) in which it is
"doing business" or (ii) any withholding taxes or other taxes based on gross
income imposed by the United States of America for any period with respect to
which it has failed to provide Borrower with the appropriate form or forms
required by Section 11.21, to the extent
                    -----

                                      -79-
<PAGE>
 
such forms are then required by applicable Laws, and all costs, expenses, fees
and charges payable or determined to be payable in connection with the filing or
recording of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or
writing to be delivered hereunder or thereunder, or in connection with any
transaction pursuant hereto or thereto, and shall reimburse, hold harmless and
indemnify on the terms set forth in 11.11 the Administrative Agent and the
                                    -----
Lenders from and against any and all loss, liability or legal or other expense
with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or failure to pay any such
tax, cost, expense, fee or charge or that any of them may suffer or incur by
reason of the failure of any Party to perform any of its Obligations. Any amount
payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under this Section 11.3 shall
                                                                     ----
bear interest from the fifth Banking Day following the date of demand for
payment at the Default Rate.

         11.4  Nature of Lenders' Obligations.  The obligations of the Lenders
               ------------------------------                                 
hereunder are several and not joint or joint and several.  Nothing contained in
this Agreement or any other Loan Document and no action taken by the
Administrative Agent or the Lenders or any of them pursuant hereto or thereto
may, or may be deemed to, make the Lenders a partnership, an association, a
joint venture or other entity, either among themselves or with the Borrower or
any Affiliate of any of Borrower.  A default by any Lender will not increase the
Pro Rata Share of the Commitment attributable to any other Lender.  Any Lender
not in default may, if it desires, assume in such proportion as the
nondefaulting Lenders agree the obligations of any Lender in default, but is not
obligated to do so.  The Administrative Agent agrees that it will use its best
efforts either to induce promptly the other Lenders to assume the obligations of
a Lender in default or to obtain promptly another Lender, reasonably
satisfactory to Borrower, to replace such a Lender in default.

         11.5  Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All representations
               ------------------------------------------                      
and warranties contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any
certificate or other writing delivered by or on behalf of any one or more of the
Parties to any Loan Document, will survive the making of the Loans hereunder and
the execution and delivery of the Notes, and have been or will be relied upon by
the Administrative Agent and each Lender, notwithstanding any investigation made
by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf.

         11.6  Notices.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Loan
               -------   ------                                            
Documents, all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications
provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document must be in writing and
must be mailed, telegraphed, telecopied, dispatched by commercial courier or
delivered to the appropriate party at the address set forth on the signature
pages of this Agreement or other applicable Loan Document or, as to any party to
any Loan Document, at any 

                                      -80-
<PAGE>
 
other address as may be designated by it in a written notice sent to all other
parties to such Loan Document in accordance with this Section. Except as
                                                               ------  
otherwise expressly provided in any Loan Document, if any notice, request,
demand, direction or other communication required or permitted by any Loan
Document is given by mail it will be effective on the earlier of receipt or the
fourth Banking Day after deposit in the United States mail with first class or
airmail postage prepaid; if given by telegraph or cable, when delivered to the
telegraph company with charges prepaid; if given by telecopier, when sent; if
dispatched by commercial courier, on the scheduled delivery date; or if given by
personal delivery, when delivered.

         11.7  Execution of Loan Documents.  Unless the Administrative Agent
               ---------------------------                                  
otherwise specifies with respect to any Loan Document, (a) this Agreement and
any other Loan Document may be executed in any number of counterparts and any
party hereto or thereto may execute any counterpart, each of which when executed
and delivered will be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as the case may be, when taken
together will be deemed to be but one and the same instrument and (b) execution
of any such counterpart may be evidenced by a telecopier transmission of the
signature of such party.  The execution of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document by any party hereto or thereto will not become effective until
counterparts hereof or thereof, as the case may be, have been executed by all
the parties hereto or thereto.

     11.8  Binding Effect; Assignment.
           -------------------------- 

               (a)  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which
     Borrower is a Party will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
     Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each of the Lenders, and their
     respective successors and assigns, except that Borrower may not assign its
     rights hereunder or thereunder or any interest herein or therein without
     the prior written consent of all the Lenders. Each Lender represents that
     it is not acquiring its Note with a view to the distribution thereof within
     the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (subject to any
     requirement that disposition of such Note must be within the control of
     such Lender). Any Lender may at any time pledge its Note or any other
     instrument evidencing its rights as a Lender under this Agreement to a
     Federal Reserve Bank, but no such pledge shall release that Lender from its
     obligations hereunder or grant to such Federal Reserve Bank the rights of a
     Lender hereunder absent foreclosure of such pledge.

               (b)  From time to time following the Closing Date, each Lender
     may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or any portion of its Pro
     Rata Share of the Commitment; provided that (i) such Eligible Assignee, if
                                   --------
     not then a
     

                                      -81-
<PAGE>
 
     Lender or an Affiliate of the assigning Lender, shall be approved by the
     Administrative Agent and (if no Event of Default then exists) Borrower
     (neither of which approvals shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
     (ii) such assignment shall be evidenced by a Commitment Assignment and
     Acceptance, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Administrative Agent
     as hereinbelow provided, (iii) except in the case of an assignment to an
                                    ------
     Affiliate of the assigning Lender, to another Lender or of the entire
     remaining Commitment of the assigning Lender, the assignment shall not
     assign a Pro Rata Share of the Commitment that is equivalent to less than
     $5,000,000 and (iv) the effective date of any such assignment shall be as
     specified in the Commitment Assignment and Acceptance, but not earlier than
     the date which is five (5) Banking Days after the date the Administrative
     Agent has received the Commitment Assignment and Acceptance. Upon the
     effective date of such Commitment Assignment and Acceptance, the Eligible
     Assignee named therein shall be a Lender for all purposes of this
     Agreement, with the Pro Rata Share of the Commitment therein set forth and,
     to the extent of such Pro Rata Share, the assigning Lender shall be
     released from its further obligations under this Agreement. Borrower agrees
     that it shall execute and deliver (against delivery by the assigning Lender
     to Borrower of its Note) to such assignee Lender, Notes evidencing that
     assignee Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Commitment, and to the assigning
     Lender, Notes evidencing the remaining balance Pro Rata Share retained by
     the assigning Lender.

               (c)  By executing and delivering a Commitment Assignment and
     Acceptance, the Eligible Assignee thereunder acknowledges and agrees that:
     (i) other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal and
     beneficial owner of the Pro Rata Share of the Commitment being assigned
     thereby free and clear of any adverse claim, the assigning Lender has made
     no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to
     any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with
     this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
     genuineness or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document;
     (ii) the assigning Lender has made no representation or warranty and
     assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of
     Borrower or the performance by Borrower of the Obligations; (iii) it has
     received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent
     financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 and such other
     documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own
     credit analysis and decision to enter into such Commitment Assignment and
     Acceptance; (iv) it will, independently and without reliance upon the
     Administrative Agent or any Lender and based on such documents and
     information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, conti-

                                      -82-
<PAGE>
 
     nue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under
     this Agreement; (v) it appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to
     take such action and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are
     delegated to the Administrative Agent by this Agreement; and (vi) it will
     perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the
     terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

               (d)  The Administrative Agent shall maintain at the
     Administrative Agent's Office a copy of each Commitment Assignment and
     Acceptance delivered to it and a register (the "Register") of the names and
     address of each of the Lenders and the Pro Rata Share of the Commitment
     held by each Lender, giving effect to each Commitment Assignment and
     Acceptance. The Register shall be available during normal business hours
     for inspection by Borrower or any Lender upon reasonable prior notice to
     the Administrative Agent. After receipt of a completed Commitment
     Assignment and Acceptance executed by any Lender and an Eligible Assignee,
     and receipt of an assignment fee of $3,500 from such Lender or Eligible
     Assignee, the Administrative Agent shall, promptly following the effective
     date thereof, provide to Borrower and the Lenders a revised Schedule 1.1
                                                                 ------------ 
     giving effect there to. Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
     shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the
     holders and owners of the Pro Rata Share of the Commitment listed therein
     for all purposes hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Pro Rata
     Share of the Commitment shall be effective, in each case unless and until a
     Commitment Assignment and Acceptance effecting the assignment or transfer
     thereof shall have been accepted by the Administrative Agent and recorded
     in the Register as provided above. Prior to such recordation, all amounts
     owed with respect to the applicable Pro Rata Share of the Commitment shall
     be owed to the Lender listed in the Register as the owner thereof, and any
     request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such
     request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a
     Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee
     or transferee of the corresponding Pro Rata Share of the Commitment.

               (e)  Each Lender may from time to time grant participations to
     one or more banks or other financial institutions in a portion of its Pro
     Rata Share of the Commitment; provided, however, that (i) such Lender's
                                   --------  -------     
     obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender
     shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the
     performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other
     financial institutions shall not be a Lender hereunder for any purpose
     except, if the participation agreement so 
     ------

                                      -83-
<PAGE>
 
     provides, for the purposes of Sections 3.5, 3.6, 11.11 and 11.22 but only
                                            ---  ---  -----     ----- 
     to the extent that the cost of such benefits to Borrower does not exceed
     the cost which Borrower would have incurred in respect of such Lender
     absent the participation, (iv) Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the
     other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender
     in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this
     Agreement, (v) the participation interest shall be expressed as a
     percentage of the granting Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Commitment as it
     then exists and shall not restrict an increase in the Commitment, or in the
     granting Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Commitment, so long as the amount
     of the participation interest is not affected thereby and (vi) the consent
     of the holder of such participation interest shall not be required for
     amendments or waivers of provisions of the Loan Documents other than those
                                                               ----------  
     which (A) extend the Revolver Termination Date, any Amortization Date, the
     Maturity Date or any other date upon which any payment of money is due to
     the Lenders, (B) reduce the rate of interest on the Notes, any fee or any
     other monetary amount payable to the Lenders, (C) reduce the amount of any
     installment of principal due under the Notes, (D) release any Subsidiary
     Guarantor from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty or (E) release
     any material Collateral from the Lien of the Collateral Documents.

         11.9  Right of Setoff.  If an Event of Default has occurred and is
               ---------------                                             
continuing, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (but in each case only with
the consent of the Requisite Lenders) may exercise its rights under Article 9 of
the Uniform Commercial Code and other applicable Laws and, to the extent
permitted by applicable Laws, apply any funds in any deposit account maintained
with it by Borrower and/or any Property of Borrower in its possession against
the Obligations.

         11.10  Sharing of Setoffs.  Each Lender severally agrees that if it,
                ------------------                                           
through the exercise of any right of setoff, banker's lien or counterclaim
against Borrower, or otherwise, receives payment of the Obligations held by it
that is ratably more than any other Lender, through any means, receives in
payment of the Obligations held by that Lender, then, subject to applicable
Laws: (a) the Lender exercising the right of setoff, banker's lien or
counterclaim or otherwise receiving such payment shall purchase, and shall be
deemed to have simultaneously purchased, from each of the other Lenders a
participation in the Obligations held by the other Lenders and shall pay to the
other Lenders a purchase price in an amount so that the share of the Obligations
held by each Lender after the exercise of the right of setoff, banker's lien or
counterclaim or receipt of payment shall be in the same proportion that existed
prior to the exercise of the right of setoff, banker's lien or counterclaim or
receipt of payment; and (b) such other adjustments and purchases of
participations shall be made from time to time as shall be equitable to ensure
that all of the Lenders share any

                                      -84-
<PAGE>
 
payment obtained in respect of the Obligations ratably in accordance with each
Lender's share of the Obligations immediately prior to, and without taking into
account, the payment; provided that, if all or any portion of a disproportionate
                      --------
payment obtained as a result of the exercise of the right of setoff, banker's
lien, counterclaim or otherwise is thereafter recovered from the purchasing
Lender by Borrower or any Person claiming through or succeeding to the rights of
Borrower, the purchase of a participation shall be rescinded and the purchase
price thereof shall be restored to the extent of the recovery, but without
interest. Each Lender that purchases a participation in the Obligations pursuant
to this Section 11.10 shall from and after the purchase have the right to give
                ----- 
all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this
Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same
extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the
Obligations purchased. Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangements
and agree that any Lender holding a participation in an Obligation so purchased
pursuant to this Section 11.10 may exercise any and all rights of setoff,
                         -----
banker's lien or counterclaim with respect to the participation as fully as if
the Lender were the original owner of the Obligation purchased.

         11.11  Indemnity by Borrower.  Borrower agrees to indemnify, save and
                ---------------------                                         
hold harmless the Administrative Agent and each Lender and their respective
directors, officers, agents, attorneys and employees (collectively the
"Indemnitees") from and against:  (a) any and all claims, demands, actions or
- ------------                                                                 
causes of action (except a claim, demand, action, or cause of action for any
                  ------                                                    
amount excluded from the definition of "Taxes" in Section 3.12(d)) if the claim,
                                                          -------               
demand, action or cause of action arises out of or relates to any act or
omission (or alleged act or omission) of Borrower, its Affiliates or any of its
officers, directors or stockholders relating to the Commitment, the use or
contemplated use of proceeds of any Loan, or the relationship of Borrower and
the Lenders under this Agreement; (b) any administrative or investigative
proceeding by any Governmental Agency arising out of or related to a claim,
demand, action or cause of action described in clause (a) above; and (c) any and
                                                       -
all liabilities, losses, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees
                                            ---------
and the reasonably allocated costs of attorneys employed by any Indemnitee and
disbursements of such attorneys and other professional services) that any
Indemnitee suffers or incurs as a result of the assertion of any foregoing
claim, demand, action or cause of action; provided that no Indemnitee shall be
                                          --------
entitled to indemnification for any loss caused by its own gross negligence or
willful misconduct or for any loss asserted against it by another Indemnitee. If
any claim, demand, action or cause of action is asserted against any Indemnitee,
such Indemnitee shall promptly notify Borrower, but the failure to so promptly
notify Borrower shall not affect Borrower's obligations under this Section
unless such failure materially prejudices Borrower's right to participate in the
contest of such claim, demand, action or cause of action, as hereinafter
provided. Such Indemnitee may (and

                                      -85-
<PAGE>
 
shall, if requested by Borrower in writing) contest the validity, applicability
and amount of such claim, demand, action or cause of action and shall permit
Borrower to participate in such contest. Any Indemnitee that proposes to settle
or compromise any claim or proceeding for which Borrower may be liable for
payment of indemnity hereunder shall give Borrower written notice of the terms
of such proposed settlement or compromise reasonably in advance of settling or
compromising such claim or proceeding and shall obtain Borrower's prior consent
(which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In connection with any
claim, demand, action or cause of action covered by this Section 11.11 against
                                                                 -----
more than one Indemnitee, all such Indemnitees shall be represented by the same
legal counsel (which may be a law firm engaged by the Indemnitees or attorneys
employed by an Indemnitee or a combination of the fore going) selected by the
Indemnitees and reasonably acceptable to Borrower; provided, that if such legal
                                                   --------
counsel determines in good faith that representing all such Indemnitees would or
could result in a conflict of interest under Laws or ethical principles
applicable to such legal counsel or that a defense or counterclaim is available
to an Indemnitee that is not available to all such Indemnitees, then to the
extent reasonably necessary to avoid such a conflict of interest or to permit
unqualified assertion of such a defense or counterclaim, each affected
Indemnitee shall be entitled to separate representation by legal counsel
selected by that Indemnitee and reasonably acceptable to Borrower, with all such
legal counsel using reasonable efforts to avoid unnecessary duplication of
effort by counsel for all Indemnitees; and further provided that the
                                           ----------------
Administrative Agent (as an Indemnitee) shall at all times be entitled to
representation by separate legal counsel (which may be a law firm or attorneys
employed by the Administrative Agent or a combination of the foregoing). Any
obligation or liability of Borrower to any Indemnitee under this Section 11.11
                                                                         -----
shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement and the repayment
of all Loans and the payment and performance of all other Obligations owed to
the Lenders.

         11.12  Nonliability of the Lenders.  Borrower acknowledges and agrees
                ---------------------------                                   
that:

                (a)  Any inspections of any Property of Borrower made by or
     through the Administrative Agent or the Lenders are for purposes of
     administration of the Loan only and Borrower is not entitled to rely upon
     the same (whether or not such inspections are at the expense of Borrower);

                (b)  By accepting or approving anything required to be observed,
     performed, fulfilled or given to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders
     pursuant to the Loan Documents, neither the Administrative Agent nor the
     Lenders shall be deemed to have warranted or represented the sufficiency,
     legality, effectiveness or legal effect of the same, or of any term,
     provision or 

                                      -86-
<PAGE>
 
     condition thereof, and such acceptance or approval thereof shall not
     constitute a warranty or representation to anyone with respect thereto by
     the Administrative Agent or the Lenders;

                (c)  The relationship between Borrower and the Administrative
     Agent and the Lenders is, and shall at all times remain, solely that of
     borrowers and lenders; neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lenders
     shall under any circumstance be construed to be partners or joint venturers
     of Borrower or its Affiliates; neither the Administrative Agent nor the
     Lenders shall under any circumstance be deemed to be in a relationship of
     confidence or trust or a fiduciary relationship with Borrower or its
     Affiliates, or to owe any fiduciary duty to Borrower or its Affiliates;
     neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lenders undertake or assume any
     responsibility or duty to Borrower or its Affiliates to select, review,
     inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon or inform Borrower or its Affiliates
     of any matter in connection with their Property or the operations of
     Borrower or its Affiliates; Borrower and its Affiliates shall rely entirely
     upon their own judgment with respect to such matters; and any review,
     inspection, supervision, exercise of judgment or supply of information
     undertaken or assumed by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in
     connection with such matters is solely for the protection of the
     Administrative Agent and the Lenders and neither Borrower nor any other
     Person is entitled to rely thereon; and

                (d)  The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be
     responsible or liable to any Person for any loss, damage, liability or
     claim of any kind relating to injury or death to Persons or damage to
     Property caused by the actions, inaction or negligence of Borrower and/or
     its Affiliates and Borrower hereby indemnify and hold the Administrative
     Agent and the Lenders harmless on the terms set forth in Section 11.11 from
                                                                      -----
     any such loss, damage, liability or claim.

         11.13  No Third Parties Benefited.  This Agreement is made for the
                --------------------------                                 
purpose of defining and setting forth certain obligations, rights and duties of
Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the Loans,
and is made for the sole benefit of Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders, and the Administrative Agent's and the Lenders' successors and assigns.
Except as provided in Sections 11.8 and 11.11, no other Person shall have any
- ------                         ----     -----                                
rights of any nature hereunder or by reason hereof.

         11.14  Confidentiality.  Each Lender agrees to hold any confidential
                ---------------                                              
information that it may receive from Borrower pursuant to this Agreement in

                                      -87-
<PAGE>
 
confidence, except for disclosure:  (a) to other Lenders or Affiliates of a
            ------                                                         
Lender; (b) to legal counsel and accountants for Borrower or any Lender; (c) to
other professional advisors to Borrower or any Lender, provided that the
recipient has accepted such information subject to a confidentiality agreement
substantially similar to this Section 11.14; (d) to regulatory officials having
                                      -----                                    
jurisdiction over that Lender; (e) as required by Law or legal process, provided
that each Lender agrees to notify Borrower of any such disclosures unless
prohibited by applicable Laws, or in connection with any legal proceeding to
which that Lender and Borrower are adverse parties; and (f) to another financial
institution in connection with a disposition or proposed disposition to that
financial institution of all or part of that Lender's interests hereunder or a
parti  cipation interest in its Notes, provided that the recipient has accepted
such information subject to a confidentiality agreement substantially similar to
this Section 11.14.  For purposes of the foregoing, "confidential information"
             -----                                                            
shall mean any information respecting Borrower or its Subsidiaries reasonably
considered by Borrower to be confidential, other than (i) information previously
                                           ----------                           
filed with any Governmental Agency and available to the public, (ii) information
previously published in any public medium from a source other than, directly or
indirectly, that Lender, and (iii) information previously disclosed by Borrower
to any Person not associated with Borrower which does not owe a professional
duty of confidentiality to Borrower or which has not executed an appropriate
confidentiality agreement with Borrower. Nothing in this Section shall be
construed to create or give rise to any fiduciary duty on the part of the
Administrative Agent or the Lenders to Borrower.

         11.15  Further Assurances.  Borrower shall, at its expense and without
                ------------------                                             
expense to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, do, execute and deliver such
further acts and documents as the Requisite Lenders or the Administrative Agent
from time to time reasonably require for the assuring and confirming unto the
Lenders or the Administrative Agent of the rights hereby created or intended now
or hereafter so to be, or for carrying out the intention or facilitating the
performance of the terms of any Loan Document.

         11.16  Integration.  This Agreement, together with the other Loan
                -----------                                               
Documents and the letter agreement referred to in Sections 3.2 and 3.4,
                                                           ---     --- 
comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject
matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on the
subject matter hereof.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of
this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this
Agreement shall control and govern; provided that the inclusion of supplemental
                                    --------                                   
rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any
other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement.  Each
Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the 

                                      -88-
<PAGE>
 
respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor
of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

         11.17  Governing Law.  Except to the extent otherwise provided therein,
                -------------   ------                                          
each Loan Document shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the Laws of California applicable to contracts made and
performed in California.

         11.18  Severability of Provisions.  Any provision in any Loan Document
                --------------------------                                     
that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable or invalid as to any party or in
any jurisdiction shall, as to that party or jurisdiction, be inoperative,
unenforceable or invalid without affecting the remaining provisions or the
operation, enforceability or validity of that provision as to any other party or
in any other jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of all Loan Documents
are declared to be severable.

         11.19  Headings.  Article and Section headings in this Agreement and
                --------                                                     
the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and are
not part of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents for any other purpose.

         11.20  Time of the Essence.  Time is of the essence of the Loan
                -------------------                                     
Documents.

         11.21  Foreign Lenders and Participants.  Each Lender that is
                --------------------------------                      
incorporated or otherwise organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than
the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia
shall deliver to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), on or
before the Closing Date (or on or before accepting an assignment or receiving a
participation interest herein pursuant to Section 11.8, if applicable) two duly
                                                  ----
completed copies, signed by a Responsible Official, of either Form 1001
(relating to such Lender and entitling it to a complete exemption from
withholding on all payments to be made to such Lender by Borrower pursuant to
this Agreement) or Form 4224 (relating to all payments to be made to such Lender
by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement) of the United States Internal
Revenue Service or such other evidence (including, if reasonably necessary, Form
                                        ---------
W-9) satisfactory to Borrower and the Administrative Agent that no withholding
under the federal income tax laws is required with respect to such Lender.
Thereafter and from time to time, each such Lender shall (a) promptly submit to
Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), such additional duly
completed and signed copies of one of such forms (or such successor forms as
shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing
authorities) as may then be available under then current United States laws and
regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is satisfactory to Borrower and the
Administrative Agent of any available exemption from, United States withholding
taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender by 

                                      -89-
<PAGE>
 
Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and (b) take such steps as shall not be
materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and
as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Eurodollar
Lending Office, if any) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws that
Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to
such Lender. In the event that Borrower or the Administrative Agent become aware
that a participation has been granted pursuant to Section 11.8(e) to a financial
                                                          -------
institution that is incorporated or otherwise organized under the Laws of a
jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the
District of Columbia, then, upon request made by Borrower or the Administrative
Agent to the Lender which granted such participation, such Lender shall cause
such participant financial institution to deliver the same documents and
information to Borrower and the Administrative Agent as would be required under
this Section if such financial institution were a Lender.

         11.22  Hazardous Material Indemnity.  Borrower hereby agrees to
                ----------------------------                            
indemnify, hold harmless and defend (by counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent) the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders and their
respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns from
and against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, fines, penalties,
charges, administrative and judicial proceedings and orders, judgments, remedial
action require  ments, enforcement actions of any kind, and all costs and
expenses incurred in connection therewith (including but not limited to
reasonable attorneys' fees and the reasonably allocated costs of attorneys
employed by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and expenses to the extent
that the defense of any such action has not been assumed by Borrower), arising
directly or indirectly out of (i) the presence on, in, under or about any Real
Property of any Hazardous Materials, or any releases or discharges of any
Hazardous Materials on, under or from any Real Property and (ii) any activity
carried on or undertaken on or off any Real Property by Borrower or any of its
predecessors in title, whether prior to or during the term of this Agreement,
and whether by Borrower or any predecessor in title or any employees, agents,
contractors or subcontractors of Borrower or any predecessor in title, or any
third persons at any time occupying or present on any Real Property, in
connection with the handling, treatment, removal, storage, decontamination,
clean-up, transport or disposal of any Hazardous Materials at any time located
or present on, in, under or about any Real Property. The foregoing indemnity
shall further apply to any residual contamination on, in, under or about any
Real Property, or affecting any natural resources, and to any contamination of
any Property or natural resources arising in connection with the generation,
use, handling, storage, transport or disposal of any such Hazardous Materials,
and irrespective of whether any of such activities were or will be undertaken in
accordance with applicable Laws, but the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to
Hazardous Materials on any Real Property, the presence of which is 

                                      -90-
<PAGE>
 
caused by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders. Borrower hereby acknowledges
and agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents to the contrary, the obligations of Borrower under this
Section shall be unlimited corporate obligations of Borrower and shall not be
                                                                       ---
secured by any Lien on any Real Property. Any obligation or liability of
Borrower to any Indemnitee under this Section 11.22 shall survive the expiration
                                              -----
or termination of this Agreement and the repayment of all Loans and the payment
and performance of all other Obligations owed to the Lenders.

         11.23  Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury.  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT
                --------------------------------                               
HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION
OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH
OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTY HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH
RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE
WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR
TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH
CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT
A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR
A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE
SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

         11.24  Purported Oral Amendments.  BORROWER EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT
                -------------------------                                       
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY ONLY BE AMENDED OR MODIFIED, OR
THE PROVISIONS HEREOF OR THEREOF WAIVED OR SUPPLEMENTED, BY AN INSTRUMENT IN
WRITING THAT COMPLIES WITH SECTION 11.2. BORROWER AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RELY
                                   ----                                       
ON ANY COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, OR ORAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS
BY ANY REPRESENTATIVE OF THE MANAGING AGENT OR ANY BANK THAT DOES NOT COMPLY
WITH SECTION 11.2 TO EFFECT AN 
             ----

                                      -91-
<PAGE>
 
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, WAIVER OR SUPPLEMENT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the date first above written.

                              DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION



                              By: /s/ MICHAEL A. PIRAINO
                                  ---------------------------------
                                          Michael A. Piraino
                                        Chief Financial Officer



                              Address:

                              Data Processing Resources Corporation
                              4440 MacArthur Blvd., Suite 600
                              Newport Beach, California 92660-2037

                              Attn:  Michael A. Piraino
                                     Chief Financial Officer

                              Telecopier:  (714) 752-8863
                              Telephone:   (714) 752-9111

                                      -92-
<PAGE>
 
                              WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL 
                              ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent and a 
                              Lender


                              By: /s/ JENNIFER S. MELLERT
                                  -----------------------
                                  Jennifer S. Mellert
                                  Vice President

                              Address:

                              Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
                              Orange Coast Regional Banking Center
                              2030 Main Street, Suite 900
                              Irvine, California  92614

                              Attn:  Jennifer S. Mellert

                              Telecopier:  (714) 261-1830
                              Telephone:   (714) 251-4146

                              NATIONAL CITY BANK



                              By: /s/ BARRY C. ROBINSON
                                  ---------------------
                                  Barry C. Robinson
                                  Vice President


                              Address:

                              National City Bank
                              1900 East Ninth Street
                              Cleveland, Ohio 44114-3484

                              Attn: Barry C. Robinson

                              Telecopier:  (216) 222-0003
                              Telephone:   (216) 575-9322

                                      -93-
<PAGE>
 
                              NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.



                              By: /s/ MICHELE M. SHAFROTH
                                  -----------------------
                                  Michele M. Shafroth
                                  Senior Vice President

                              Address:

                              NationsBank of Texas, N.A.
                              444 South Flower Street, 41st Floor
                              Los Angeles, California 90071

                              Attn:  Michele M. Shafroth
                                     Senior Vice President

                              Telecopier:  (213) 624-5812
                              Telephone:   (213) 236-4907

                                      -94-
<PAGE>
 
                              UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.



                              By: /s/ ROBERT THOMAS
                                  --------------------------
                                  Robert Thomas
                                  Vice President


                                  /s/ TIMOTHY CARNEY
                                  --------------------------
                                  Timothy Carney
                                  Vice President

                              Address:

                              Union Bank of California, N.A.
                              500 South Main Street, Suite 200
                              Orange, California 92868-4598

                              Attn:  Robert Thomas
                                     Vice President

                              Telecopier:  (714) 565-5725
                              Telephone:   (714) 565-5568

                                      -95-

<PAGE>
 
                             [LETTERHEAD OF DPRC]

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13

August 1, 1996


Ms. Mary Ellen Weaver
Chief Executive Officer
Data Processing Resources Corporation
4400 MacArthur Blvd., #610
Newport Beach, CA 92660

     re: Amendment to Employment Agreement

Dear Mary Ellen:

This letter is intended to confirm our understanding and agreement with respect 
to the amendment to the Employment Agreement dated August 1, 1995 (the 
"Employment Agreement"), by and between you and Data Processing Resources 
Corporation.

As agreed, Section 1 to Exhibit A of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended 
effective August 5, 1996, to reduce the Base Salary from $225,000 per year to 
$125,000 per year; provided, however, that solely for the purpose of calculating
the Bonus under Section 6 of Exhibit A, as set forth on Schedule 1 to Exhibit A,
the Base Salary shall be deemed to be $225,000 per year.  All other provisions 
of the Employment Agreement, including a target bonus of $225,000, shall remain 
unchanged.

In accordance with Section 12.4 of the Employment Agreement, please confirm your
consent and agreement to the foregoing amendment by executing and returning a
copy of this letter to us at your earliest convenience.

Very truly yours,


/s/ MICHAEL A. PIRAINO
Michael A. Piraino
Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer


Agreed as of August 1, 1996:



By: /s/ MARY ELLEN WEAVER
    ---------------------
    Mary Ellen Weaver
<PAGE>
 
                       ADDENDUM TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                             DATED AUGUST 1, 1995,
             BY AND BETWEEN DATA PROCESSING RESOURCES CORPORATION
                             AND MARY ELLEN WEAVER



INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN:

Employee will be eligible for an incentive bonus payment upon achievement of 
profitable growth of the Company within those guidelines and goals established 
by the Company's Board of Directors.  These goals will be defined as the 
Consensus Estimate of Wall Street Analysts ("target").  In this respect the 
incentive payment schedule could be as follows:

                Maximum payout            100% of base salary
                Target payout             60% of base salary 
                Threshold payout          33% of base salary

Bonuses payable, if any, with respect to a bonus year will be paid no later 
than seventy-five (75) days after the end of such bonus year.

Eligibility for payment is contingent upon employment in good standing as of the
date of the normally scheduled bonus payment.

All other terms and conditions remain unchanged.


AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

/s/ MARY ELLEN WEAVER                     /s/ MICHAEL A. PIRAINO
- ----------------------------------        ----------------------------------
Mary Ellen Weaver, CEO                    Michael A. Piraino
                                          CFO, Senior Vice President Finance
                                          and Administration

          9-2-97                                     9-2-97
- ----------------------------------        ----------------------------------
          (date)                                     (date)


<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      STATE OR OTHER
                                                      JURISDICTION OF PERCENTAGE
SUBSIDIARIES                                           ORGANIZATION     OWNED
- ------------                                          --------------- ----------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>
Professional Software Consultants, Inc. ............    Arizona          100%
Computec International Strategic Resources, Inc. ...    California       100%
Computec International Resources (Australia) PTY LTD
 (subsidiary of Computec International Strategic
 Resources, Inc.)...................................    Australia        100%
Leardata Info-Services, Inc. .......................    Texas            100%
SelecTech, Inc. ....................................    Illinois         100%
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1


                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-
30663 of Data Processing Resources Corporation on Form S-8 of our report dated
September 19, 1997 (September 25, 1997 as to Note 5), appearing in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K of Data Processing Resources Corporation for the year ended
July 31, 1997.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Costa Mesa, California
October 28, 1997

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
 
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM AUDITED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1997 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FORM 10-K FOR PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 1997.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             AUG-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1997
<CASH>                                          17,812
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   21,839
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                40,727
<PP&E>                                           2,875
<DEPRECIATION>                                   1,446
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 110,287
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           10,547
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        90,472
<OTHER-SE>                                       2,196
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   110,287
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               115,022
<CGS>                                           85,979
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                18,654
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               (869)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 11,258
<INCOME-TAX>                                     4,542
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              6,716
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     6,716
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .71
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .71
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission